Banner Catalog 100145
2014-09-05
: Pdf 100145-Catalog 100145-Catalog 662488 Batch7 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 124
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
PHOTOELECTRICS WORLD-BEAM® Q12 page 46 MIDSIZE FULLSIZE VS1 COMPACT • Universal housing provides consistent mounting regardless of sensing modes. • Powerful sensor fits extremely confined areas. • Opposed, retroreflective and fixed-field sensing modes are available. • Three fixed-field models offer precise cutoff background suppression. • Overmolded design delivers enhanced durability and shielding. • Solid-state outputs are bipolar (NPN and PNP). • Models with PFA jacket are available for wet or corrosive environments. MINIATURE Miniature Sensors page 58 • Convergent beam sensors • 10 or 20 mm convergent point • Repeatability of 250 microseconds T8 page 49 VS2 • 8 mm thread ultra-miniature sensor page 61 • Ultra-thin opposed and convergent • Flat front mounting • Convenient T-shaped package • Range up to 3 m • 50 or 100 mm diffuse range • Powerful 2 m opposed range MINI-BEAM®2 page 52 VS3 page 64 • Single push-button programming • Advanced coaxial lens design • Wrap-around status indicators • Range up to 1200 mm • 12 mm threaded barrel or side mount • Accurate detection of shiny objects • Sensing up to the face of retroreflective models • One-third the size of original MINI-BEAM® M12 page 55 VS4 page 67 • 12 mm threaded metal barrel • Low-profile, long-range sensing • Ideal replacement for range limited proximity sensors • Unique, optically correct lens for narrow side light emission • Opposed, retroreflective, diffuse and fixed-field modes • Opposed mode, 1000 mm range • Excellent background suppression for fixed-field models • Optional beam-shaping apertures • Rugged, overmolded housing More information online at bannerengineering.com 45 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS OPPOSED RETRO P POLAR RETRO WORLD-BEAM® Q12 Series Universal Sensors • • • • • • • • • Sets a new industry standard for ultra-miniature photoelectric sensors Features a housing as small as 22 by 8 by 12 mm with bipolar NPN/PNP outputs Delivers powerful sensing performance in extremely confined areas Rated IP67 for use in the widest range of locations and applications Mounts directly on or inside manufacturing equipment, with robust metal-lined mounting holes consistently located on all models Uses unique overmolded design for enhanced durability and shielding Available in dark- or light-operate models Features models with liquid-tight PFA jackets for use in wet and corrosive environments Provides excellent crosstalk avoidance circuitry for multiple sensor applications Bright LED operating status indicators visible from 360˚ Q12 Opposed • 2 m range • 1.3 millisecond response time FIXED-FIELD • Embedable in confined spaces BRACKETS Rugged sealed housing, protected circuitry PAGE 370 QD CABLES 3- or 4-Pin Pico or 4-pin Euro PAGE 411 & 412 REFLECTORS PAGE 425 APERTURES PAGE 444 Q12 Retroreflective • 700 microsecond response time • Range of 1.5 m Variety of cable and connector options • Ideal for difficult to access areas and detection of transparent objects (polarized retroreflective models) Q12 Fixed-Field • Range of 15, 30 or 50 mm, depending on model • Excellent background cutoff • Low color sensitivity PFA-jacketed chemical-resistant models are ideal in a wide variety of level control, cleaning, etching and other chemical processes. 46 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS 8.0 mm Bright, visible red (640 nm) sensing beam 8 mm Solid-state bipolar outputs: one current sourcing (PNP) and one current sinking (NPN) 12 mm 23.1 mm Polarized Retroreflective Models Suffix LP 23.1 mm Light operate (LO) or dark operate (DO) by model 12.5 mm 28.8 mm 22.6 mm Range** Q126E Emitter Q12AB6R Q12AB6RQ Q12RB6R Q12RB6RQ Q12AB6LV Q12AB6LVQ Q12RB6LV Q12RB6LVQ Q12AB6LP Q12AB6LPQ Q12RB6LP Q12RB6LPQ Q12AB6FF15 Q12AB6FF15Q Q12RB6FF15 Q12RB6FF15Q Download PDF Cable*** 2m Q126EQ Emitter Threaded 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m OPPOSED 2m Threaded 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 1.5 m RETRO Threaded 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m P 1m POLAR RETRO Threaded 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 15 mm Cutoff FIXED-FIELD FULLSIZE Opposed, Retroreflective and Fixed-field Models Suffix E, R, LV and FF Chemical-resistant Models Suffix CR WORLD-BEAM® Q12, 10-30V dc Sensing Mode/LED* MIDSIZE PFA-jacketed models for easy cleanup of the sensor optics Models† COMPACT Integral cable or 150 mm pigtail with threaded Pico-style quick-disconnect Detailed Dimensions 12.0 mm MINIATURE WORLD-BEAM® Q12 Sensors Threaded 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-1 (p. 468) BPO-1 (p. 492) EGCR-1 (p. 471) BPR-1 (p. 495) Data Sheet — Bipolar LO Bipolar DO Bipolar LO Bipolar DO Bipolar LO Bipolar DO Bipolar LO Bipolar DO 119223 EGCR-2 (p. 471) BPR-2 (p. 495) EGCF-1 (p. 482) — * Visible Red LED ** Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-60X40C retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories for more information. PFA chemical-resistant models provide a range of 1.5 m in opposed mode and 12, 28 or 48 mm in fixed-field mode, depending on model. *** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q126E W/30). A model with a pigtail QD requires a mating cable (see pages 411 & 412). Only 2 m cables are available for PFA chemical-resistant models. QD models: • For 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail, add suffix Q5 (example, Q126EQ5). • For 3-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail, contact factory at 1-888-373-6767. † For sensors with a PFA chemical-resistant jacket (opposed and fixed-field), add suffix CR to the 2 m model number (example, Q12AB6FF15CR). More information online at bannerengineering.com More on next page 47 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS WORLD-BEAM Q12, 10-30V dc (cont’d) FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA ® Models† Sensing Mode/LED* Range** Cable*** Q12AB6FF30 Q12AB6FF30Q Q12RB6FF30 Q12RB6FF30Q Q12AB6FF50 Q12AB6FF50Q Q12RB6FF50 Q12RB6FF50Q Download PDF 2m 30 mm Cutoff Threaded 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m FIXED-FIELD 50 mm Cutoff Threaded 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD Output Type Bipolar LO Bipolar DO Bipolar LO Bipolar DO Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCF-2 (p. 482) — Data Sheet 119223 EGCF-3 (p. 482) — * Visible Red LED ** PFA chemical-resistant models provide a range of 1.5 m in opposed mode and 12, 28 or 48 mm in fixed-field mode, depending on model. *** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q126E W/30). A model with a pigtail QD requires a mating cable (see pages 411 & 412). Only 2 m cables are available for PFA chemical-resistant models. QD models: • For 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail, add suffix Q5 (example, Q126EQ5). • For 3-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail, contact factory at 1-888-373-6767. † For sensors with a PFA chemical-resistant jacket (opposed and fixed-field), add suffix CR to the 2 m model number (example, Q12AB6FF30CR). WORLD-BEAM Q12 Specifications ® Sensing Beam 640 nm visible red Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) @ 20 mA max. current Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Bipolar: One NPN (current sinking) and one PNP (current sourcing); light operate (LO) or dark operate (DO), depending on model 50 mA total across both outputs with overload and short circuit protection OFF-state leakage current: ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: 200 µA NPN: 1.25V @ 50 mA PNP: 10 µA PNP: 1.45V @ 50 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up; short-circuit protected. Opposed: 1.3 milliseconds ON; 900 microseconds OFF All others: 700 microseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 120 milliseconds delay on power-up; outputs do not conduct during this time. 175 microseconds Output Configuration Output Rating Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Repeatability Switching Frequency Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Certifications Hookup Diagrams 48 Opposed models: 385 Hz All other models: 715 Hz 2 LED indicators (Emitters-Green only): Green ON steady—power ON Green flashing—output overloaded Yellow ON steady—light sensed Yellow flashing—marginal signal Polarized Retroreflective: Thermoplastic elastomer housing with glass lens Standard: Thermoplastic elastomer housing with polycarbonate lens Chemical-resistant: Housing encased in PFA jacket; cable encased in 3/16" O.D. PFA tubing. Standard: IEC IP67 Chemical-resistant: IEC IP67 and 1200 psi washdown NEMA ICS 5, Annex F-2002 Standard: 2 m or 9 m attached PVC cable, or 150 mm pigtail with threaded 4-pin Pico-style (Q) or 4-pin Euro-style (Q5) quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See pages 411 & 412. Contact factory for 150 mm pigtail with threaded 3-pin Pico QD. Chemical-resistant: 2 m attached cable encased in 3/16" O.D. PFA tubing Temperature: -20° to +55° C Storage temperature: -30° to +75° C Relative humidity: 95% max. @ 50° C (non-condensing) Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) More information online at bannerengineering.com All others: DC04 (p. 520) Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE T8 FULLSIZE Features EZ-BEAM® technology, with specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments Ideal for presence sensing in small areas previously accessible only to remote sensors and fiber optic cable Can replace range-limited 8 mm threaded-mount inductive proximity sensors Offers visible sensing beam Available in dark- or light-operate models Available with integral cable or 150 mm pigtail quick-disconnect Offered in opposed mode with 2 m range or diffuse mode with 50 and 100 mm ranges MIDSIZE • • • • • • • COMPACT 8 mm Threaded-Mount Right-Angle Sensors OPPOSED DIFFUSE BRACKETS PAGE 370 T8 Sensors QD CABLES 16.3 mm 3-Pin Threaded Pico Detailed Dimensions Visible red sensing beam PAGE 410 Integral cable or 150 mm pigtail with threaded Pico-style quick-disconnect Bright LED output indicator on backside of housing 19.1 mm 15.8 mm Opposed and Diffuse Models Suffix E, R and D More information online at bannerengineering.com 49 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS T8, 10-30V dc Models T86EV Emitter T86EVQ Emitter T8AN6R T8AN6RQ T8RN6R T8RN6RQ T8AP6R T8AP6RQ T8RP6R T8RP6RQ T8AN6D50 T8AN6D50Q T8RN6D50 T8RN6D50Q T8AP6D50 T8AP6D50Q T8RP6D50 T8RP6D50Q T8AN6D100 T8AN6D100Q T8RN6D100 T8RN6D100Q T8AP6D100 T8AP6D100Q T8RP6D100 T8RP6D100Q Download PDF Sensing Mode/LED* Range 2m OPPOSED 50 mm DIFFUSE 100 mm Cable** 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern Data Sheet EGCO-2 (p. 468) BPO-2 (p. 492) 68669 EGCD-1 (p. 475) BPD-1 (p. 498) — NPN/LO NPN/DO PNP/LO PNP/DO NPN/LO NPN/DO PNP/LO PNP/DO 67584 NPN/LO NPN/DO PNP/LO EGCD-2 (p. 475) BPD-2 (p. 498) PNP/DO Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T8AN6D50 W/30). A model with a pigtail QD requires a mating cable (see page 410). T8 Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 25 mA (exclusive of load) Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state switch NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model. Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO), depending on model. 50 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 µA at 24V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 0.25V at 10 mA dc; less than 0.5V at 50 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Overload trip point ≥ 100 mA 1 millisecond ON; 0.5 milliseconds OFF NOTE: Maximum 100 milliseconds (150 milliseconds for Diffuse) delay on power-up; output does not conduct during this time. Opposed: 100 microseconds Diffuse: 160 microseconds Output Rating Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Repeatability More on next page 50 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE T8 Specifications (cont’d) Indicators Hookup Diagrams IEC IP67; NEMA 6 2 m or 9 m attached cable, 3-wire with PVC outer cable jacket; or 150 mm pigtail with threaded 3-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 410. Temperature: -20° to +55° C Relative humidity: 80% at 50° C (non-condensing) Vibration: All models meet IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60947-5-2, UL491 Section 40, MIL-STD-202F Method 201A; 10 to 60 Hz, 0.5 mm peak to peak Shock: All models meet IEC 60068-2-27, IEC 60947-5-2; 30g peak acceleration, 11 millisecond pulse duration, half-sine wave pulse shape Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) FULLSIZE Certifications Diffuse: Red ON steady: light is sensed Reinforced polycarbonate/ABS alloy housing, acrylic window with 8 mm ABS nut MIDSIZE Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock COMPACT Construction Environmental Rating Connections Opposed: Receiver has Green and Red LED Emitter has one Green LED Green ON steady: power ON Green flashing: output overloaded Red ON steady: light sensed Red flashing: marginal excess gain (1-1.5x) in light condition All others: DC01 (p. 520) More information online at bannerengineering.com 51 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com MINI-BEAM®2 12 mm Threaded-Barrel Right-Angle Sensors • • • • Delivers MINI-BEAM® performance in a package 66% smaller than the original Available in opposed, polarized and non-polarized retroreflective, diffuse and divergent diffuse, and convergent modes Features easy push-button setup Solid-state complementary outputs FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS OPPOSED RETRO P MINI-BEAM®2 Sensors POLAR RETRO 8.0 mm Incremental Gain control push button Dual-LED multi-function indicators 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 150 mm Pico-style quick-disconnect pigtail 12 mm threaded lens or flush mounting CONVERGENT DIFFUSE BRACKETS 35.0 mm PAGE 370 20.0 mm QD CABLES 4-Pin Pico PAGE 410 REFLECTORS 8.0 mm PAGE 425 8.0 mm 25.0 mm 36.8 mm 20.0 mm Divergent Diffuse Models Suffix DBZ and W 52 Retroreflective and Diffuse Models Suffix LV, LP and D 20.0 mm Opposed and Convergent Models Suffix E, R and CV More information online at bannerengineering.com Detailed Dimensions Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINI-BEAM®2, 10-30V dc Sensing Mode/LED* Range 2m QS126E Emitter 4-pin Pico Pigtail QD QS12VN6R 4m QS12VN6RQ OPPOSED 2m 4-pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Pico Pigtail QD QS12VN6LV 2m QS12VN6LVQ 2m † QS12VP6LV RETRO QS12VP6LVQ 2m QS12VP6LPQ P 1m † POLAR RETRO 4-pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m QS12VN6CV10 QS12VN6CV10Q 10 mm QS12VP6CV10 4-pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m QS12VP6CV10Q 4-pin Pico Pigtail QD QS12VN6CV20 2m QS12VN6CV20Q CONVERGENT 20 mm QS12VP6CV20 2m QS12VN6D 4-pin Pico Pigtail QD QS12VN6DQ 2m QS12VP6D QS12VP6DQ QS12VN6DBZQ 180 mm DIFFUSE 2m 2m 4-pin Pico Pigtail QD QS12VP6DBZQ 2m DIVERGENT QS12VN6WQ 50 mm QS12VP6W QS12VP6WQ 4-pin Pico Pigtail QD 4-pin Pico Pigtail QD QS12VP6DBZ QS12VN6W 2m 4-pin Pico Pigtail QD QS12VP6CV20Q QS12VN6DBZ 4-pin Pico Pigtail QD DIFFUSE 4-pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Pico Pigtail QD Data Sheet EGCO-3 (p. 468) BPO-3 (p. 492) 59040 EGCR-3 (p. 471) BPR-3 (p.495) — NPN PNP NPN PNP 59040 NPN PNP NPN PNP EGCR-4 (p. 471) BPR-4 (p. 495) EGCC-1 (p. 478) BPC-1 (p. 501) FULLSIZE QS12VP6LP 2m 4-pin Pico Pigtail QD QS12VN6LP QS12VN6LPQ 4-pin Pico Pigtail QD Beam Pattern MIDSIZE QS12VP6RQ Excess Gain COMPACT QS126EQ Emitter QS12VP6R Output Type Cable** MINIATURE Models Download PDF 59040 NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP EGCC-2 (p. 478) BPC-2 (p. 501) EGCD-3 (p. 475) BPD-3 (p. 498) EGCD-4 (p. 475) BPD-4 (p. 498) EGCD-5 (p. 475) BPD-5 (p. 498) 59040 Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS12VN6D W/30). A model with a pigtail QD requires a mating cable (see page 410). † Retroreflective range is specified using a BRT-50 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories section for more information on reflectors. More information online at bannerengineering.com 53 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS MINI-BEAM®2 Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 25 mA (exclusive of load) Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Output Configuration Solid state complementary: NPN or PNP (current sinking or sourcing) output models available Output Rating 150 mA max. each output at 25° C OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 µA @ 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V @ 10 mA; less than 2.0V @ 150 mA Output Protection Circuitry Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Output Response Time Opposed: 8 milliseconds ON; 4 milliseconds OFF All others: 1.5 milliseconds NOTE: 500 millisecond delay on power-up, outputs do not conduct during this time Repeatability Opposed: 1 millisecond All others: 175 microseconds Adjustments One rubber-sealed push button Hold: max. gain Click: reduce gain one increment Indicators 2 LEDs, visible from back and side of sensor: 1 Green, 1 Yellow Green ON steady: power ON Amber steady: light sensed Green flashing rapidly 5 times: max. gain Green single flash: click registered, gain reduced by one increment Yellow/Green alternating: minimum gain (can not reduce further) Construction Black polycarbonate/ABS alloy housing; totally encapsulated circuitry Environmental Rating IEC IP67; NEMA 6 2 m or 9 m PVC cable, or 4-pin Pico-style 150 mm pigtail QD. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 410. Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Temperature: -20° to +55° C Connections Operating Conditions Certifications Hookup Diagrams 54 Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) More information online at bannerengineering.com All others: DC03 (p. 520) Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE M12 12 mm ThreadedBarrel Sensors Features compact 12 mm threaded metal barrel Available in opposed, polarized and non-polarized retroreflective, diffuse and fixed-field modes Provides single-turn sensitivity adjustment on opposed, retroreflective and diffuse models Features fixed-field models with excellent background suppression and recessed mounting Fully encapsulated electronics–rated IP67 Provides excellent crosstalk avoidance circuity for diffuse, retroreflective and fixed-field models COMPACT MIDSIZE FULLSIZE • • • • • • OPPOSED RETRO P POLAR RETRO M12 Sensors Visible red sensing beam for easy alignment 12 mm threaded barrel CONVERGENT Detailed Dimensions DIFFUSE BRACKETS 67.5 mm 10 to 30V dc with NPN or PNP output, depending on model PAGE 370 QD CABLES 4-Pin Euro PAGE 412 Dual-LED multi-function indicator system 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting REFLECTORS PAGE 425 Ø 12 mm Opposed, Retroreflective Diffuse and Fixed-field Models Suffix E, R, LP, LV, D and FF More information online at bannerengineering.com 55 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS M12, 10-30V dc Models Download PDF Sensing Mode/LED* Range M12E Emitter 2m M12EQ8 Emitter 4-pin Euro QD M12NR 5m M12NRQ8 M12PR MIDSIZE 2m 4-pin Euro QD OPPOSED 2m M12PRQ8 4-pin Euro QD M12ND 2m M12NDQ8 400 mm M12PD M12PDQ8 FULLSIZE Cable** DIFFUSE 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD M12NLV 2m M12NLVQ8 2.5 m† M12PLV RETRO M12PLVQ8 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD M12NLP M12NLPQ8 M12PLP M12PLPQ8 2m P 1.5 m† POLAR RETRO 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD M12NFF25 2m M12NFF25Q8 25 mm Cutoff M12PFF25 M12PFF25Q8 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD M12NFF50 2m M12NFF50Q8 50 mm Cutoff M12PFF50 M12PFF50Q8 FIXED-FIELD 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD M12NFF75 M12NFF75Q8 M12PFF75 M12PFF75Q8 2m 75 mm Cutoff 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-4 (p. 468) BPO-4 (p. 492) EGCD-6 (p. 475) BPD-6 (p. 498) EGCR-5 (p. 471) BPR-5 (p. 495) EGCR-6 (p. 471) BPR-6 (p. 495) EGCF-4 (p. 482) – EGCF-5 (p. 482) – EGCF-6 (p. 482) – Data Sheet — NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP 129721 * Visible red LED ** Cabled models: For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, M12PD W/30). QD models: For a 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail, add suffix Q5 (example, M12PDQ5). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 412). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-84 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the reflector used. See Accessories for more information. 56 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE M12 Specifications Sensing Beam Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Complementary (1 normally open and 1 normally closed) solid-state, NPN or PNP, depending on model 100 mA total across both outputs with overload and short circuit protection OFF-state leakage current: ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: 200 µA NPN: 1.6V @ 100 mA PNP: 10 µA PNP: 3.0V @ 100 mA MIDSIZE Output Ratings 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) @ 20 mA max current (exclusive of load) COMPACT Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Fixed-field: 680 nm visible red All others: 660 nm visible red Repeatability Indicators Adjustments Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions FULLSIZE Output Protection Protected against false pulse on power-up, short-circuit protected Circuitry Output Response Time Opposed: 625 microseconds ON/375 mircoseconds OFF All others: 500 microseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 100 milliseconds delay on power-up; outputs do not conduct during this time. Opposed: 85 microseconds All others: 95 microseconds 2 LED indicators: Green ON steady–power ON Green flashing–output overload Yellow ON steady–light sensed Yellow flashing–marginal signal Fixed-field: none All others: single-turn Gain (sensitivity) potentiometer Housing: Nickel-plated brass Lenses: PMMA Cable endcap and Gain potentiometer adjuster: PBT IEC IP67; NEMA 6 2 m or 9 m 4-wire PVC-jacketed cable, 4-pin integral Euro-style QD (Q8), or 150 mm pigtail with threaded 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting (Q5), depending on model. See page 412 Operating temperature: –20° to +60° C Relative humidity: 90% max @ +50° C Certifications Approvals are pending, contact factory for status at 1-888-373-6767. Hookup Diagrams Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) All others: DC03 (p. 520) More information online at bannerengineering.com 57 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS VS1 Miniature Convergent-Mode Sensors • F eatures EZ-BEAM ® technology, with specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments • Available with 10 or 20 mm focal length • Available in dark- or light-operate models • Provides high-quality, low-cost replacement for competitive miniature sensors • Available with integral cable or 150 mm pigtail quick-disconnect • Includes M2 stainless steel mounting hardware; optional mounting brackets available CONVERGENT BRACKETS PAGE 370 QD CABLES 3-Pin Threaded Pico PAGE 410 8.3 mm VS1 Sensors 11.6 mm Dual-LED multi-function indicators Visible red or infrared convergent sensing beam 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 150 mm pigtail with threaded 3-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect 25.7 mm Detailed Dimensions Convergent Models Suffix CV, C1 and C2 58 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS VS1, 10-30V dc Range 10 mm ±5 mm 10 mm ±5 mm CONVERGENT 20 mm ±10 mm Beam Pattern EGCC-3 (p. 478) BPC-3 (p. 501) Data Sheet NPN/LO NPN/DO PNP/LO PNP/DO 56465 NPN/LO NPN/DO PNP/LO EGCC-4 (p. 478) BPC-4 (p. 501) EGCC-5 (p. 478) BPC-5 (p. 501) FULLSIZE 20 mm ±10 mm 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD Excess Gain MIDSIZE CONVERGENT Output Type Cable** COMPACT VS1AN5CV10 VS1AN5CV10Q VS1RN5CV10 VS1RN5CV10Q VS1AP5CV10 VS1AP5CV10Q VS1RP5CV10 VS1RP5CV10Q VS1AN5CV20 VS1AN5CV20Q VS1RN5CV20 VS1RN5CV20Q VS1AP5CV20 VS1AP5CV20Q VS1RP5CV20 VS1RP5CV20Q VS1AN5C10 VS1AN5C10Q VS1RN5C10 VS1RN5C10Q VS1AP5C10 VS1AP5C10Q VS1RP5C10 VS1RP5C10Q VS1AN5C20 VS1AN5C20Q VS1RN5C20 VS1RN5C20Q VS1AP5C20 VS1AP5C20Q VS1RP5C20 VS1RP5C20Q Sensing Mode/LED* MINIATURE Models Download PDF PNP/DO NPN/LO NPN/DO PNP/LO PNP/DO 56465 NPN/LO NPN/DO PNP/LO EGCC-6 (p. 478) BPC-6 (p. 501) PNP/DO Infrared LED Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, VS1AN5CV10 W/30). A model with a pigtail QD requires a mating cable (see page 410). More information online at bannerengineering.com 59 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS VS1 Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 25 mA (exclusive of load) Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state switch Output Configuration NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO) models 50 mA max. Output Rating OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 µA at 24V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 0.25V at 10 mA dc; less than 0.5V at 50 mA dc Output Protection Circuitry Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Overload trip point ≥ 100 mA Output Response Time 1 millisecond ON/OFF Repeatability Indicators 250 microseconds Construction Environmental Rating Connections Black ABS/polycarbonate housing with clear acrylic lens Operating Conditions Application Notes Temperature: -20° to +55° C Relative humidity: 80% at 50° C (non-condensing) M2 stainless steel mounting hardware is included. Optional mounting brackets are available. See page 370. Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green ON steady: power ON Green flashing: output overloaded Yellow ON steady: light sensed Yellow flashing: marginal excess gain (1-1.5x) in light condition IP54; NEMA 3 2 m or 9 m attached cable, 3-wire with PVC outer cable jacket; or 150 mm pigtail with threaded 3-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 410. Certifications Hookup Diagrams 60 DC01 (p. 520) More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE VS2 COMPACT Ultra-Thin Miniature Sensors MIDSIZE • F eatures EZ-BEAM® technology, with specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments • Available in opposed and convergent modes • Ideal as a low-cost, high-quality miniaturized solution for confined areas • Available with integral cable or 150 mm pigtail with threaded Pico-style quick-disconnect • Available in dark- or light-operate models • Includes M2 stainless steel mounting hardware; optional mounting brackets available FULLSIZE OPPOSED CONVERGENT BRACKETS VS2 Sensors PAGE 370 QD CABLES 3-Pin Threaded Pico Dual-LED multi-function indicators 8 mm mounting centers 12.0 mm PAGE 410 Detailed Dimensions 4.3 mm APERTURES Visible or infrared sensing beam PAGE 444 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 150 mm pigtail with threaded 3-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect 25.1 mm 12.0 mm 4.7 mm 25.1 mm Convergent Models Suffix C Opposed Models Suffix E and R More information online at bannerengineering.com 61 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS VS2, 10-30V dc Models† VS25EV Emitter VS25EVQ Emitter VS2AN5R VS2AN5RQ VS2RN5R VS2RN5RQ VS2AP5R VS2AP5RQ VS2RP5R VS2RP5RQ VS25E Emitter VS25EQ Emitter VS2AN5R VS2AN5RQ VS2RN5R VS2RN5RQ VS2AP5R VS2AP5RQ VS2RP5R VS2RP5RQ VS2AN5CV15 VS2AN5CV15Q VS2RN5CV15 VS2RN5CV15Q VS2AP5CV15 VS2AP5CV15Q VS2RP5CV15 VS2RP5CV15Q VS2AN5CV30 VS2AN5CV30Q VS2RN5CV30 VS2RN5CV30Q VS2AP5CV30 VS2AP5CV30Q VS2RP5CV30 VS2RP5CV30Q Download PDF Sensing Mode/LED* OPPOSED Range Optimum up to 600 mm, 1.2 m max. 3.0 m OPPOSED 15 mm ±5 mm CONVERGENT 30 mm ±10 mm Cable** 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD Output Excess Beam Type Gain Pattern Data Sheet — NPN/LO NPN/DO EGCO-5 (p. 468) BPO-5 (p. 492) 57248 EGCO-6 (p. 468) BPO-6 (p. 492) 57248 EGCC-7 (p. 478) BPC-7 (p. 501) PNP/LO PNP/DO — NPN/LO NPN/DO PNP/LO PNP/DO NPN/LO NPN/DO PNP/LO PNP/DO 65411 NPN/LO NPN/DO PNP/LO EGCC-8 (p. 478) BPC-8 (p. 501) PNP/DO Infrared LED Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, VS2RP5R W/30). A model with a pigtail QD requires a mating cable (see page 410). † Opposed-mode models also sold as pairs. Contact factory for more information. 62 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE VS2 Specifications Output Rating COMPACT Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 25 mA (exclusive of load) Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Output Configuration Solid-state switch: NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO), depending on model 50 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 µA at 24V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 0.25V at 10 mA dc; less than 0.5V at 50 mA dc Output Response Time Opposed: 1 millisecond ON; 0.5 millisecond OFF Convergent: 1 millisecond ON; OFF NOTE: Maximum 100 millisecond (opposed) and 150 millisecond (convergent) delay on power-up; output does not conduct during this time. Repeatability Indicators Opposed: 100 microseconds Construction Opposed: Black ABS housing with clear MABS lens Convergent: Black ABS housing with acrylic lens Environmental Rating Connections IEC IP67; NEMA 6 Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Temperature: -20° to +55° C Application Notes M2 stainless steel mounting hardware is included. Optional mounting brackets are available. See page 370. FULLSIZE Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Overload trip point ≥ 100 mA MIDSIZE Output Protection Circuitry Convergent: 160 microseconds Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green ON steady: power ON Green flashing: output overloaded Yellow ON steady: light sensed Yellow flashing: marginal excess gain (1-1.5x) in light condition (opposed mode only) 2 m or 9 m attached cable, 3-wire with PVC outer cable jacket; or 150 mm pigtail with threaded 3-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 410. Relative humidity: 80% at 50° C (non-condensing) Vibration: All models meet IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60947-5-2, UL491 Section 40, MIL-STD-202F Method 201A; 10 to 60 Hz, 0.5 mm peak to peak Shock: All models meet IEC 60068-2-27, IEC 60947-5-2; 30g peak acceleration, 11 millisecond pulse duration, half-sine wave pulse shape Certifications Hookup Diagrams Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) All others: DC01 (p. 520) More information online at bannerengineering.com 63 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS VS3 Miniature Sensors with Advanced Optics • Features EZ-BEAM® technology, with specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments • Offers extremely compact self-contained miniature design • Available in opposed and retroreflective sensing modes • Uses coaxial optics on retroreflective models to eliminate blind areas at close range • Features visible sensing beam for easy alignment • Available in dark- or light-operate models • Available with integral cable or threaded Pico-style quick-disconnect OPPOSED COAXIAL RETRO COAXIAL P POLAR RETRO BRACKETS 9.0 mm PAGE 370 15.6 mm VS3 Sensors QD CABLES 3-Pin Threaded Pico Detailed Dimensions Dual-LED multi-function indicators PAGE 410 REFLECTORS 2 m or 9 m integral cable, or 3-pin threaded Pico-style quick-disconnect PAGE 425 25.4 mm 16.6 mm 9 mm Extremely compact housing 25.4 mm Opposed, Non-Polarized Retroreflective Models Suffix R, EV and LV 64 More information online at bannerengineering.com Polarized Retroreflective Models Suffix LP Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS VS3, 10-30V dc Sensing Mode/LED* Range VS35EV Emitter 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico QD VS3AN5R 2m VS3AN5RQ Threaded 3-Pin Pico QD VS3RN5R Threaded 3-Pin Pico QD OPPOSED 2m VS3AP5RQ Threaded 3-Pin Pico QD VS3RP5R 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico QD VS3AN5XLV 2m VS3AN5XLVQ Threaded 3-Pin Pico QD VS3RN5XLV 2m VS3RN5XLVQ VS3AP5XLV VS3AP5XLVQ 250 mm †† COAXIAL RETRO Threaded 3-Pin Pico QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico QD VS3RP5XLV 2m VS3RP5XLVQ Threaded 3-Pin Pico QD VS3AN5XLP 2m VS3AN5XLPQ Threaded 3-Pin Pico QD VS3RN5XLP VS3RN5XLPQ VS3AP5XLP VS3AP5XLPQ VS3RP5XLP VS3RP5XLPQ 2m COAXIAL P POLAR RETRO 250 mm †† Threaded 3-Pin Pico QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico QD 2m Threaded 3-Pin Pico QD Beam Pattern Data Sheet EGCO-7 (p. 468) BPO-7 (p. 492) 63227 EGCR-7 (p. 471) BPR-7 (p. 495) — NPN/LO NPN/DO PNP/L0 PNP/DO FULLSIZE VS3RP5RQ Excess Gain MIDSIZE VS3AP5R 2m 1.2 m Output Type COMPACT VS35EVQ Emitter VS3RN5RQ Cable** MINIATURE Models† Download PDF NPN/LO NPN/DO PNP/LO PNP/DO 63226 NPN/LO NPN/DO EGCR-8 (p. 471) BPR-8 (p. 495) PNP/LO PNP/DO Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, VS3AN5XLV W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 410). † Opposed-mode models also sold as pairs. Contact factory for more information. †† Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-32X20AM retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories for more information. More information online at bannerengineering.com 65 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS VS3 Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 25 mA (exclusive of load) Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state switch Output Configuration NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO), depending on model Output Protection Circuitry Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs. Overload trip point ≥ 100 mA 50 mA max. Output Rating OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 µA at 24V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 0.25V at 10 mA dc; less than 0.5V at 50 mA dc Opposed: 1 millisecond ON; 0.5 millisecond OFF Output Response Time Retroreflective: 1 millisecond ON/OFF NOTE: Maximum 100 millisecond (opposed mode) and 150 millisecond (retroreflective) delay on power-up; output does not conduct during this time. Opposed: 100 microseconds Repeatability Retroreflective: 160 microseconds Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Indicators Green ON steady: power ON Green flashing: output overloaded Yellow ON steady: light sensed Yellow flashing: marginal excess gain (1-1.5x) in light condition (opposed mode only) Construction Opposed and Non-polarized Retroreflective: Black ABS housing with acrylic lens Polarized Retroreflective: Black ABS housing with glass lens and acrylic cover Environmental Rating Connections IEC IP67; NEMA 6 Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Temperature: -20° to +55° C Application Notes M3 stainless steel mounting hardware is included. Optional mounting brackets are available. See page 370. 2 m or 9 m attached cable, 3-wire with PVC outer cable jacket; or 3-pin Pico-style threaded quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 410. Relative humidity: 80% at 50° C (non-condensing) Vibration: All models meet IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60947-5-2, UL491 Section 40, MIL-STD-202F Method 201A; 10 to 60 Hz, 0.5 mm peak to peak Shock: All models meet IEC 60068-2-27, IEC 60947-5-2; 30g peak acceleration, 11 millisecond pulse duration, half-sine wave pulse shape Certifications Hookup Diagrams 66 Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) More information online at bannerengineering.com All others: DC01 (p. 520) Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE VS4 MIDSIZE FULLSIZE • F eatures EZ-BEAM® technology, with specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments • Features totally self-contained opposed-mode miniature design • Offers advanced sensing circuitry for powerful, precise sensing • Features bright visible red sensing beam for easy alignment • Delivers powerful 1.0 m sensing range • Available in dark- or light-operate models • Provides horizontal mounting capability and extremely small size for mounting in narrow confines COMPACT Ultra-Thin Right-Angle Miniature Sensors OPPOSED BRACKETS PAGE 370 QD CABLES 3-Pin Threaded Pico PAGE 410 APERTURES VS4 Sensors Detailed Dimensions Two bright LED indicators Visible red sensing beam PAGE 444 12.5 mm 4.75 mm 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 150 mm pigtail with threaded 3-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect 25.4 mm Low-profile housing—only 4.75 mm thick Opposed Models Suffix E and R More information online at bannerengineering.com 67 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS VS4, 10-30V dc Models Download PDF Sensing Mode/LED* Range VS4EV Emitter VS4EVQ Emitter VS4AN5R VS4AN5RQ VS4RN5R VS4RN5RQ VS4AP5R VS4AP5RQ VS4RP5R VS4RP5RQ Cable** 2m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD 1m OPPOSED 2m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern Data Sheet EGCO-8 (p. 468) BPO-8 (p. 492) 69421 — NPN/LO NPN/DO PNP/LO PNP/DO Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, VS4RP5R W/30). A model with a pigtail QD requires a mating cable (see page 410). VS4 Specifications Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Repeatability Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Application Notes 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) Emitter: 25 mA Receiver: 25 mA (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state switch NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO), depending on model 50 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 µA at 24V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 0.25V at 10 mA dc; less than 0.5V at 50 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Overload trip point ≥ 100 mA 1 millisecond ON; 0.5 milliseconds OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up; output does not conduct during this time. 100 microseconds Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green ON steady: power ON Green flashing: output overloaded Yellow ON steady: light sensed Yellow flashing: marginal excess gain (1 to 1.5x) in light condition Polycarbonate mounting holes and lens. Low pressure molded thermoplastic housing (UL 94-V0) IP67; NEMA 6 2 m or 9 m attached cable, 3-wire with PVC outer cable jacket; or 150 mm pigtail with threaded 3-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 410. Temperature: -20° to +55° C Relative humidity: 80% at 50° C (non-condensing) Vibration: All models meet IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60947-5-2, UL491 Section 40, MIL-STD-202F Method 201A; 10 to 60 Hz, 0.5 mm peak to peak Shock: All models meet IEC 60068-2-27, IEC 60947-5-2; 30g peak acceleration, 11 millisecond pulse duration, half-sine wave pulse shape M2 stainless steel mounting hardware is included. Optional mounting bracket available. Certifications Hookup Diagrams 68 Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) More information online at bannerengineering.com All others: DC01 (p. 520) Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS page 70 MINI-BEAM® FULLSIZE g Cominn! o So MIDSIZE • Universal photoelectric family offers 18 mm threaded lens or side mounts. • One sensor family replaces hundreds of other sensor styles. • One housing design fulfills all mounting requirements. • All sensing modes are available including laser, fiber optic and ultrasonic. • Expert™ models offer push-button TEACH-mode setup. • Ranges are up to 30 m. • A wide variety of connecting options are available. COMPACT WORLD-BEAM® QS18 MINIATURE Compact Sensors QS18 ac/dc universal power models will be available soon–contact factory or visit www.bannerengineering.com for more information. page 79 M18 page 95 • Extensive family in all sensing modes and ranges to 30 m • Rugged 18 mm stainless steel threaded barrels • Expert™ push-button teachable models • Opposed, polarized and non-polarized retroreflective, diffuse and fixed-field modes • Models for special needs—clear plastic detection, NAMUR outputs • Dual LED indicators • World’s most popular photoelectric • Specially designed EZ-BEAM® style optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments WORLD-BEAM® Q20 page 92 T18 • High power in a small package • Completely epoxy encapsulated Right-angle, T-shaped package • Rugged overmolded design for enhanced durability • Specialized fixed-field and polarized retroreflective models • Ranges to 15 m • Specially designed EZ-BEAM® style optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments • Four sensing modes • Universal threaded inserts with 25.4 mm hole spacing S18 page 101 • Models for ac or dc power Q25 page 95 page 106 • Compact rectangular 25 mm right-angle housing with 18 mm threaded mounting base • Completely epoxy encapsulated 18 mm threaded plastic barrels • Specialized laser diode emitter models • Completely epoxy encapsulated • Specially designed EZ-BEAM® style optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments • Specially designed EZ-BEAM style optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments ® • Models for ac or dc power • Models for ac or dc power More information online at bannerengineering.com 69 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS WORLD-BEAM® QS18 Series Universal Sensors • • • • • • Features a universal housing with an 18 mm threaded lens or side mounts Replaces hundreds of other sensors Meets IP67 and NEMA 6 standards for harsh environments Available in opposed, polarized and non-polarized retroreflective, convergent, regular and wide-angle diffuse, laser, ultrasonic, plastic or glass fiber optic, fixed-field and adjustable-field sensing modes Offers easy push-button TEACH-mode setup in Expert™ QS18E and ultrasonic models ac/dc universal Ranges up to 20 m g Cominn! power models Soo LASER EMITTER LASER ADJUSTABLE-FIELD OPPOSED FIXED-FIELD RETRO ULTRASONIC RETRO LASER GLASS FIBER P POLAR RETRO Bright LED operating status indicators visible from 360° Optional 18 mm threaded lens mount on some models Side mount standard on all models Rugged sealed housing, protected circuitry Variety of cable and connector options QS18 QS18 Laser QS18 Background Suppression QS18 Expert™ QS18 Ultrasonic page 71 72 & 73 73 & 74 76 77 PLASTIC FIBER BRACKETS DIFFUSE PAGE 370 QD CABLES 4-Pin Euro & 4-Pin Pico DIFFUSE LASER PAGE 410, 411 & 412 REFLECTORS CONVERGENT PAGE 425 APERTURES PAGE 443 ADJUSTABLE-FIELD QS18 QS18 Expert™ QS18 Laser QS18 Background Suppression • Eight sensing modes for solving most applications: opposed, retroreflective, convergent, diffuse, plastic and glass fiber optic, and adjustable field and fixed field • Advanced teachable microprocessor • Opposed, diffuse, retroreflective and adjustable-field models • Single push-button programming • High-performance sensing with visible Class 1 and 2 lasers • Adjustable-field models with cutoff point from 20 to 100 mm, 30 to 150 mm or 50 to 250 mm • Instant learning of difficult sensing condition • Long sensing ranges • High power, infared or visible red sensing beam • Highly visible diagnostics • Reliable detection of transparent and reflective objects • Ideal for confined areas • Emitter models available with five beam shapes • Fixed-field models sensing range of 50 or 100 mm • Visible red LED or laser sensing beam • Accurate and reliable even with low-reflectivity targets • Ideal for small, difficult-to-access areas 70 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS 18 mm threaded lens mount on some models 15.0 mm 15.0 mm Detailed Dimensions 31.0 mm 21.0 mm A variety of cable and connector options 35.0 mm COMPACT 35.0 mm Rugged sealed housing, protected circuitry Opposed, Diffuse and Adjustable-field Models Suffix EB, RB, DB, W and AF Bright LED operating status indicators visible from 360° 15.0 mm MIDSIZE PIGTAIL • P 15.0 mm UR QPMA -S •C Plastic Fiber Models Suffix FP A BL E EURO 35.0 mm CA LL FACTORY Opposed, Retroreflective, Laser Retroreflective, Convergent, Diffuse, Laser Diffuse and Fixed-field Models Suffix E, R, LV, LP, LLP, CV15, CV45, D, LD, LE and FF FULLSIZE T 27.5 mm E• YL MINIATURE WORLD-BEAM® QS18 Sensors 36.9 mm 35.0 mm Glass Fiber Models Suffix F WORLD-BEAM®QS18, 10-30V dc Models QS186E Emitter QS186EQ8 Emitter QS18VN6R QS18VN6RQ8 QS18VP6R QS18VP6RQ8 QS186EB Emitter QS186EBQ8 Emitter QS18VN6RB QS18VN6RBQ8 QS18VP6RB QS18VP6RBQ8 Sensing Mode/LED* Range Download PDF Cable** 2m 4-pin Euro QD 20 m 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m OPPOSED 4-pin Euro QD 3m 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-9 (p. 468) BPO-9 (p. 492) Data Sheet — NPN PNP 63908 — NPN EGCO-10 (p. 468) BPO-10 (p. 492) PNP * Infrared LED ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS186E W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see pages 410 & 412). QD models: • For 4-pin integral Euro-style QD, add suffix Q8 (example, QS186EQ8). • For 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, QS186EQ5). • For 4-pin integral Pico-style QD, add suffix Q7 (example, QS186EQ7). • For 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q (example, QS186EQ). More information online at bannerengineering.com More on next page 71 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS WORLD-BEAM®QS18, 10-30V dc (cont’d) Models Sensing Mode/LED* Class 1 QS186LE*** QS186LEQ8*** Cable** 15 m (4500 X excess gain) 2m LASER EMITTER QS186LE10 QS186LE10Q8 QS186LE11 QS186LE11Q8 LASER SPOT QS186LE12 LASER SPOT QS186LE12Q8 QS186LE14 QS186LE14Q8 QS18VN6LV QS18VN6LVQ8 QS18VP6LV QS18VP6LVQ8 QS18VN6LP QS18VN6LPQ8 QS18VP6LP QS18VP6LPQ8 QS18VN6LLP QS18VN6LLPQ8 QS18VP6LLP QS18VP6LLPQ8 QS18VN6CV15 QS18VN6CV15Q8 QS18VP6CV15 QS18VP6CV15Q8 QS18VN6CV45 QS18VN6CV45Q8 QS18VP6CV45 QS18VP6CV45Q8 Range Download PDF Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern Data Sheet See Data sheet for more information. 109415 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m LASER SPOT See Data sheet for more information. — 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m LASER SPOT 4-pin Euro QD 2m 6.5 m † RETRO 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m P 3.5 m † POLAR RETRO 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m P 10 m †† LASER POLAR RETRO 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 16 mm 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m CONVERGENT 43 mm 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD NPN PNP EGCR-9 (p. 471) BPR-9 (p. 495) 63908 NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP EGCR-10 (p. 471) BPR-10 (p. 495 ) EGCR-11 (p. 471) — EGCC-9 (p. 478) BPC-9 (p. 501) 63908 NPN PNP EGCC-10 (p. 478) BPC-10 (p. 501) * Visible Red LED Visible Red Laser ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS18VN6LV W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see pages 410 & 412). QD models (except Laser Emitters): • For 4-pin integral Euro-style QD, add suffix Q8 (example, QS18VN6LVQ8). • For 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, QS18VN6LVQ5). • For 4-pin integral Pico-style QD, add suffix Q7 (example, QS18VN6LVQ7). • For 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q (example, QS18VN6LVQ). *** Specified with QS18 threaded lens receiver. Not recommended for dusty or dirty environments; the scattered light would greatly reduce excess gain. † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-84 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. †† Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-51X51BM or BRT-TVHG-2X2 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. 72 More information online at bannerengineering.com 118900 More on next page Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Models 2m 450 mm QS18VN6FF50 QS18VN6FF50Q8 QS18VP6FF50 QS18VP6FF50Q8 4-pin Euro QD 4-pin Euro QD 2m DIVERGENT 100 mm — 4-pin Euro QD 2m DIFFUSE 4-pin Euro QD Class 1 2m 300 mm Class 1 DIFFUSE LASER ADJUSTABLE-FIELD Class 1 LASER ADJUSTABLE-FIELD Class 2 LASER ADJUSTABLE-FIELD 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 1 mm to cutoff point (adjustable between 20-100 mm) 2m — 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 1 mm to 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD cutoff point (adjustable Class 1 2m between 30-150 mm) 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 20 mm to 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD cutoff point (adjustable Class 2 2m between 50-250 mm) 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 0-50 mm Cutoff FIXED-FIELD — 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD NPN PNP Excess Gain EGCD-7 (p. 475) Beam Data Pattern Sheet BPD-7 (p. 498) 63908 NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP EGCD-8 (p. 475) BPD-8 (p. 498) EGCD-9 (p. 475) BPD-9 (p. 498) 63908 EGCD-10 (p. 475) BPD-10 (p. 498) 118899 EGCA-1 (p. 481) Cutoff Point Deviation Curve CPDC-1 (p. 517) — EGCA-2 (p. 481) Cutoff Point Deviation Curve CPDC-2 (p. 517) EGCA-3 (p. 481) Cutoff Point Deviation Curve CPDC-3 (p. 517) EGCF-7 (p. 482) — FULLSIZE QS18VP6LAF250Q5 2m Output Type MIDSIZE QS18VN6LAF250 QS18VN6LAF250Q5 QS18VP6LAF250 4-pin Euro QD 2m QS18VN6LAFQ5 QS18VP6LAFQ5 — DIFFUSE QS18VP6AF100Q5 QS18VP6LAF Cable** 4-pin Euro QD QS18VN6AF100Q5 QS18VN6LAF Laser Class 2m QS18VN6AF100 QS18VP6AF100 Range COMPACT QS18VN6D QS18VN6DQ8 QS18VP6D QS18VP6DQ8 QS18VN6DB QS18VN6DBQ8 QS18VP6DB QS18VP6DBQ8 QS18VN6W QS18VN6WQ8 QS18VP6W QS18VP6WQ8 QS18VN6LD QS18VN6LDQ8 QS18VP6LD QS18VP6LDQ8 Sensing Mode/LED* Download PDF MINIATURE WORLD-BEAM®QS18, 10-30V dc (cont’d) 66981 — — 63908 More on * Infrared LED Visible Red LED Visible Red Laser next page ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS18VN6W W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see pages 410 and 412) QD models (except Adjustable-field): • For 4-pin integral Euro-style QD, add suffix Q8 (example, QS18VN6WQ8) • For 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, QS18VN6WQ5) • For 4-pin integral Pico-style QD, add suffix Q7 (example, QS18VN6WQ7) • For 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q (example, QS18VN6WQ) QD models (Adjustable-field only): • For 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q (example, QS18VP6AF100Q) • For 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, QS18VP6AF100Q5) More information online at bannerengineering.com 73 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS WORLD-BEAM® QS18, 10-30V dc (cont’d) Models QS18VN6FF100 QS18VN6FF100Q8 QS18VP6FF100 QS18VP6FF100Q8 QS18VN6F QS18VN6FQ8 QS18VP6F QS18VP6FQ8 QS18VN6FP QS18VN6FPQ8 QS18VP6FP QS18VP6FPQ8 Sensing Mode/LED* Range Laser Class Download PDF Cable** 2m 0-100 mm Cutoff — PLASTIC FIBER 2m 4-pin Euro QD FIXED-FIELD GLASS FIBER 4-pin Euro QD Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 2m — 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m — 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD Output Type NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP Excess Gain Beam Pattern Data Sheet EGCF-8 (p. 482) — 63908 EGCG-1 & EGCG-2 (p. 485) BPG-1 & BPG-2 (p. 504) 63908 EGCP-1 & EGCP-2 (p. 488) BPP-1 & BPP-2 (p. 507) 63908 * Infrared LED Visible Red LED ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS18VN6F W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see pages 410 & 412). QD models: • For 4-pin integral Euro-style QD, add suffix Q8 (example, QS18VN6FQ8). • For 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, QS18VN6FQ5). • For 4-pin integral Pico-style QD, add suffix Q7 (example, QS18VN6FQ7). • For 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q (example, QS18VN6FQ). WORLD-BEAM® QS18 Specifications Supply Voltage Laser Characteristics (Laser models only) Retroreflective, Diffuse and Adjustable-field Laser: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 15 mA, exclusive of load Laser Emitters: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 35 mA, exclusive of load All others: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 25 mA, exclusive of load Wavelength: Class 1: 650 nm visible red Class 2: 658 nm visible red Pulse width: 7 microseconds (Laser Emitter: 5 microseconds) Rep rate: 130 microseconds (Laser Emitter: 27 microseconds) Average output power: Adjustable-field laser (Class 2): 0.2 mW Laser Emitters: less than 1.8 mW All others: 0.065 mW Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Enable beam by applying 0V dc to white wire; apply +10 to 30V dc to white wire to inhibit (extinguish) beam Laser Control Solid-state complementary; NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model Output Configuration* Rating: 100 mA max. each output at 25° C OFF-state leakage current: Retroreflective, Diffuse and Adjustable-field Laser: NPN: less than 200 µA @ 30V dc PNP: less than 10 µA @ 30V dc Fixed-field: less than 200 μA @ 30V dc All others: less than 50 μA @ 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: Retroreflective, Diffuse and Adjustable-field Laser: NPN: less than 1.6V @ 100 mA PNP: less than 2.0V @ 100 mA All others: less than 1V @ 10 mA; less than 1.5V @ 100 mA Output Response Time* Delay at Power-up Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Opposed: 750 microseconds ON; 375 microseconds OFF Retroreflective Laser, Diffuse Laser and Adjustable-field: 700 microseconds ON/OFF Fixed-field: 850 microseconds ON/OFF All others: 600 microseconds ON/OFF Laser Emitters: 1.5 seconds Retroreflective, Diffuse and Adjustable-field Laser: 200 milliseconds; outputs do not conduct during this time. All others: 100 milliseconds; outputs do not conduct during this time. * Does not apply to laser emitter models. 74 More information online at bannerengineering.com More on next page Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Repeatability* Opposed: 100 microseconds Retroreflective Laser, Diffuse Laser and Adjustable-field Laser: 130 microseconds Adjustable-field: 175 microseconds Fixed-field: 160 microseconds All others: 150 microseconds Retroreflective Laser: 12% of range typical Diffuse Laser: 15% of range typical Adjustable-field: 0.5% of range typical at 20 mm cutoff Adjustments* 2% range typical at 75 mm cutoff MIDSIZE 1% of range typical at 50 mm cutoff 3% of range typical at 100 mm cutoff Adjustable-field Laser (Class 1): 1% range typical at 30 mm cutoff 5% range typical at 150 mm cutoff Adjustable-field Laser (Class 2): 1% range typical at 50 mm cutoff 5% range typical at 250 mm cutoff COMPACT Sensing Hysteresis* MINIATURE WORLD-BEAM® QS18 Specifications (cont’d) 2% range typical at 150 mm cutoff Retroreflective, Retroreflective Laser, Convergent, Diffuse, Diffuse Laser and Glass & Plastic Fiber Optic: Single-turn sensitivity (Gain) adjustment potentiometer Adjustable-field: Five-turn adjustment screw sets cutoff distance between min. and max. position, Indicators FULLSIZE clutched at both ends of travel Laser Emitters: Green LED: Power applied All others, 2 LED indicators: Green ON steady: Power ON Green flashing: Output overloaded Yellow† ON steady: Light sensed Yellow† flashing: Marginal excess gain (1.0 to 1.5x excess gain) in the light condition † NOTE: Prior to date code 0223, the output indicator was red instead of yellow. Construction Connections Operating Conditions Laser Classification ABS housing, rated IEC IP67; NEMA 6; acrylic lens cover (Laser Emitter models have PMMA window) 2.5 mm (adjustable-field only) and 3 mm mounting hardware included 2 m or 9 m 4-wire PVC cable, or 4-pin 150 mm pigtail Pico-style QD (Q), or 4-pin 150 mm pigtail Euro-style QD (Q5), or 4-pin Integral Pico-style QD (Q7), or 4-pin Integral Euro-style QD (Q8), depending on model. See pages 410 and 412. Laser Adjustable-field All others Temperature: -10° to +50° C 0° to +55° C -20° to +70° C Relative humidity: 95% @ 50° C (non-condensing) (Laser models only) Class 1 and Class 2 laser product; complies with EN60825-1: 2001 and 21 CFR 1040.10, except deviations pursuant to Laser Notice 50, dated 7-26-01. Certifications Ultrasonic: Hookup Diagrams Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) All others: DC03 (p. 520) Laser Emitters: DC20 (p. 524) All others: * Does not apply to laser emitter models. Class 1 Laser Sensors Lasers that are safe under reasonably foreseeable conditions of operation, including the use of optical instruments for intrabeam viewing. Reference 60825-1 Amend. 2 © IEC:2001(E), section 8.2. Class 2 Lasers Lasers that emit visible radiation in the wavelength range from 400 nm to 700 nm, where eye protection is normally afforded by aversion responses, including the blink reflex. This reaction may be expected to provide adequate protection under reasonably foreseeable conditions of operation, including the use of optical instruments for intrabeam viewing. Reference IEC 60825-1:2001, section 8.2. For safe laser use (Class 1 or Class 2): • Do not permit a person to stare at the laser from within the beam. • Do not point the laser at a person’s eye at close range. • Terminate the beam emitted by a Class 2 laser product at the end of its useful path. Locate open laser beam paths either above or below eye level, where practical. More information online at bannerengineering.com 75 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com WORLD-BEAM® QS18 Expert™ and Ultrasonic Sensors Bright LED status indicators visible from 360° T E• YL PIGTAIL • P 15.0 mm 35.0 mm 35.0 mm Retroreflective, Convergent and Diffuse Models Suffix LP, CV15, CV45, D and DV QPMA -S 15.0 mm 15.0 mm A BL E EURO 31.0 mm UR •C MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE 18 mm threaded lens mount on some models Detailed Dimensions 15.0 mm 31.0 mm Simple push-button programming COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS Programming Button 15.0 mm 35.0 mm 21.0 mm CA LL FACTORY 27.5 mm 33.5 mm FULLSIZE 35.0 mm Diffuse Models Suffix DB and W Ultrasonic Models Suffix NA and PA Plastic Fiber Models Suffix FP WORLD-BEAM® QS18 Expert™, 10-30V dc Models QS18EN6LP QS18EN6LPQ8 QS18EP6LP QS18EP6LPQ8 QS18EN6CV15 QS18EN6CV15Q8 QS18EP6CV15 QS18EP6CV15Q8 QS18EN6CV45 QS18EN6CV45Q8 QS18EP6CV45 QS18EP6CV45Q8 QS18EN6D QS18EN6DQ8 QS18EP6D QS18EP6DQ8 QS18EN6DB QS18EN6DBQ8 QS18EP6DB QS18EP6DBQ8 * ** † 76 Sensing Mode/LED* Range Cable** 2m P 3.5 m † POLAR RETRO 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 16 mm 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD CONVERGENT 43 mm 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 800 mm 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m DIFFUSE 500 mm 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 35.0 mm Download PDF Output Type NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCR-12 (p. 471) BPR-11 (p. 495) EGCC-11 (p. 478) BPC-11 (p. 501) EGCC-12 (p. 478) BPC-12 (p. 501) EGCD-11 (p. 475) BPD-11 (p. 498) EGCD-12 (p. 475) BPD-12 (p. 498) Data Sheet 136564 More on Infrared LED Visible Red LED next page For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS18EN6LP W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see pages 410 and 412). QD models: • For 4-pin integral Euro-style QD, add suffix Q8 (example, QS18EN6LPQ8). • For 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, QS18EN6LPQ5). • For 4-pin integral Pico-style QD, add suffix Q7 (example, QS18EN6LPQ7). • For 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q (example, QS18EN6LPQ). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-84 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS (cont’d) Models Range Cable** 2m DIVERGENT 300 mm 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD DIFFUSE 2m 600 mm 4-pin Euro QD Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP Beam Pattern EGCD-13 (p. 475) BPD-13 (p. 498) EGCD-14 (p. 475) BPD-14 (p. 498) EGCP-3 & EGCP-4 (p. 488) BPD-3 & BPD-4 (p. 507) Data Sheet 136564 FULLSIZE PLASTIC FIBER 2m NPN Excess Gain MIDSIZE DIFFUSE 4-pin Euro QD Output Type COMPACT QS18EN6W QS18EN6WQ8 QS18EP6W QS18EP6WQ8 QS18EN6DV QS18EN6DVQ8 QS18EP6DV QS18EP6DVQ8 QS18EN6FP QS18EN6FPQ8 QS18EP6FP QS18EP6FPQ8 Sensing Mode/LED* Download PDF WORLD-BEAM® QS18 Ultrasonic, 12-30V dc Models† QS18UNA QS18UNAQ8 QS18UNAE†† QS18UNAEQ8†† QS18UPA QS18UPAQ8 QS18UPAE†† QS18UPAEQ8†† * ** † †† Sensing Mode/LED* Range Cable** MINIATURE WORLD-BEAM® QS18 Expert™, 10-30V dc Download PDF Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern NPN — — Data Sheet 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 50 - 500 mm ULTRASONIC 4-pin Euro QD 119287 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m PNP — — 4-pin Euro QD Visible Red LED Infrared LED Ultrasonic For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS18EN6W W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see pages 410, 411 and 412). ULTRASONIC QD models: • For 4-pin integral Euro-style QD, add suffix Q8 (example, QS18EN6WQ8). • For 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, QS18EN6WQ5). • For 4-pin integral Pico-style QD, add suffix Q7 (example, QS18EN6WDQ7). • For 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q (example, QS18EN6WQ). For complete information see QS18U Ultrasonic Sensors on page 269. Models are epoxy-encapsulated, IP68; NEMA6P with remote TEACH programming. More information online at bannerengineering.com 77 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com WORLD-BEAM® QS18 Expert™ Specifications Supply Voltage sequence for light operate (LO) or dark operate (DO). Rating: 100 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: less than 50 µA @ 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1.5V (2 m cable); 1.7V (9 m cable) Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of output Output Response Time 600 microseconds ON/OFF Delay at Power-up Momentary delay on power-up; outputs do not conduct during this time Repeatability 75 microseconds Adjustments • Thresholds: Push-button/remote-wire configurable • Five Expert™-style TEACH and SET options Static TEACH: locates a single switchpoint at the optimal location between two taught conditions. FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 35 mA, exclusive of load; 10 to 24V dc @ greater than 55° C Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model. Configuration in TEACH Output Configuration COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS Indicators The first condition taught is the ON condition. Dynamic TEACH: configures sensor during actual sensing conditions, taking multiple samples of light and dark conditions and automatically setting the threshold at the optimal level. Window SET: sets a single sensing window that extend 12.5% above and below presented condition. Light SET: sets a threshold approximately 12.5% below the presented sensing condition. Dark SET: sets a threshold approximately 12.5% above the presented condition. • Light/dark operate: selectable by programming order (load output follows the first taught target condition) • Push-button enable/disable: (remote wire only) 2 LED indicators: Green: RUN mode, output short-circuit Yellow: Output ON/marginal, TEACH mode Construction Polycarbonate/ABS housing rated IEC IP67; NEMA 6 3 mm mounting hardware included Connections 2 m or 9 m 4-wire PVC cable, or 4-pin 150 mm pigtail Pico-style QD (Q), or 4-pin 150 mm pigtail Euro-style QD (Q5), or 4-pin Integral Pico-style QD (Q7), or 4-pin Integral Euro-style QD (Q8). QD cables are ordered separately. See pages 410 and 412. Operating Conditions Temperature: -20° to +70° C Relative humidity: 95% @ 50° C (non-condensing) Certifications Hookup Diagrams DC07 (p. 521) WORLD-BEAM® QS18 Ultrasonic Specifications See page 269. 78 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE MINI-BEAM® • • MIAD9 series NAMUR models are for hazardous environments with approved switching amplifiers having intrinsically safe input circuits. MINI-BEAM models detect clear plastic; MINI-BEAM Expert™ models detect clear objects. DC Models AC Models Expert™ Models Universal Voltage Models NAMUR Models page 80 82 85 88 90 FULLSIZE Models are available for ac, dc or ac/dc universal voltage operation. Available models include opposed, opposed clear plastic detection, diffuse and divergent diffuse, polarized and non-polarized retroreflective, convergent, glass and plastic fiber optic. Convergent and fiber optic models offer infrared or visible red, blue, white, or green LED light source; select a color based on the application. SME312 Expert™ models offer easy, push-button TEACH-mode setup. MIDSIZE • • • • COMPACT Broad Family of Compact Sensors OPPOSED CLEAR PLASTIC OPPOSED MINI-BEAM® DC Sensors RETRO P 10 to 30V dc with bipolar NPN/PNP outputs Detailed Dimensions Signal strength output indicator POLAR RETRO CLEAR PLASTIC P 30.7 mm 2 m or 9 m integral cable, or Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting POLAR RETRO Opposed, Retroreflective, Diffuse and Convergent Models Suffix E, R, EPD, RPD, D, LV, LP, C, C2, CV, CV2, CVB, CV2B, CVG and CV2G 18 mm threaded lens mount on some models DIFFUSE DIVERGENT DIFFUSE 53.3 mm 12.2 mm CONVERGENT 12.2 mm 12.2 mm 12.2 mm 30.7 mm PLASTIC FIBER GLASS FIBER REFLECTORS BRACKETS 30.7 mm 30.7 mm PAGE 425 PAGE 370 APERTURES QD CABLES 4 or 5-Pin Euro + 3-Pin Micro PAGE 443 57.5 mm Glass Fiber Models Suffix F, FV, FVG and FVB Plastic Fiber Models 42.1 mm Suffix FP, FPG and FPB Diffuse Models Suffix DBZ and W More information online at PAGE 412, 414 & 419 39.1 mm bannerengineering.com 79 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS MINI-BEAM®, 10-30V dc Models SM31E Emitter SM31EQD Emitter SM31R SM31RQD SM31EL Emitter SM31ELQD Emitter SM31RL SM31RLQD SM31EPD Emitter SM31RPD Emitter SM31EPDQD SM31RPDQD SM312LV Sensing Mode/LED* SM312LVAGQD SM312LP SM312LPQD SM312D SM312DQD SM312DBZ SM312DBZQD SM312W SM312WQD SM312C SM312CQD SM312C2 SM312C2QD SM312CV SM312CVQD SM312CV2 SM312CV2QD SM312CVG SM312CVGQD SM312CV2G SM312CV2GQD SM312CVB SM312CVBQD SM312CV2B SM312CV2BQD Range 3m OPPOSED 30 m Cable** Output Type 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 0.3 m 5 m† RETRO 50 mm - 2 m† POLAR RETRO 10 mm - 3 m† POLAR RETRO 380 mm DIFFUSE 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 300 mm 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD DIVERGENT 130 mm DIFFUSE 16 mm CONVERGENT 43 mm 16 mm CONVERGENT 43 mm 16 mm CONVERGENT 49 mm 16 mm CONVERGENT EGCO-11 (p. 468) BPO-11 (p. 492) EGCO-12 (p. 468) BPO-12 (p. 492) Data Sheet 69943 See Note Below*** EXTENDED RANGE P Beam Pattern 4-Pin Euro QD OPPOSED P Excess Gain 2m CLEAR PLASTIC SM312LVQD SM312LVAG Download PDF 49 mm 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD Bipolar NPN/PNP EGCR-13 (p. 471) BPR-12 (p. 495) EGCR-14 (p. 471) BPR-13 (p. 495) EGCR-15 (p. 471) BPR-14 (p. 495) EGCD-15 (p. 475) BPD-15 (p. 498) EGCD-16 (p. 475) BPD-16 (p. 498) EGCD-17 (p. 476) BPD-17 (p. 499) EGCC-13 (p. 478) BPC-13 (p. 501) EGCC-14 (p. 478) BPC-14 (p. 501) EGCC-15 (p. 478) BPC-15 (p. 501) EGCC-16 (p. 478) BPC-16 (p. 501) EGCC-17 (p. 479) BPC-17 (p. 502) EGCC-18 (p. 479) BPC-18 (p. 502) EGCC-19 (p. 479) BPC-19 (p. 502) EGCC-20 (p. 479) BPC-20 (p. 502) 69943 69943 69943 More on * Infrared LED Visible Red LED Visible Green LED Visible Blue LED next page ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SM312D W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 412). *** Actual range depends on light transmission through the plastic being sensed. Some clear plastic materials may not be detected. When in doubt, ask your Banner representative to evaluate material samples. † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. 80 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Models Sensing Mode/LED* Cable** Output Type 2m 4-Pin Euro QD GLASS FIBER 2m 4-Pin Euro QD GLASS FIBER 2m GLASS FIBER 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD Bipolar NPN/PNP 2m 4-Pin Euro QD PLASTIC FIBER 4-Pin Euro QD PLASTIC FIBER 2m 4-Pin Euro QD PLASTIC FIBER EGCG-3 & EGCG-4 (p. 485) EGCG-5 & EGCG-6 (p. 485) BPG-3 & BPG-4 (p. 504) BPG-5 & BPG-6 (p. 504) EGCG-7 (p. 485) BPG-7 (p. 504) EGCG-8 (p. 485) BPG-8 (p. 504) EGCP-5 & EGCP-6 (p. 488) BPP-5 & BPP-6 (p. 507) EGCP-7 (p. 488) BPP-7 (p. 507) EGCP-8 (p. 488) BPP-8 (p. 507) Data Sheet 69943 FULLSIZE 2m Beam Pattern MIDSIZE GLASS FIBER Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used Excess Gain COMPACT SM312F SM312FQD SM312FV SM312FVQD SM312FVG SM312FVGQD SM312FVB SM312FVBQD SM312FP SM312FPQD SM312FPG SM312FPGQD SM312FPB SM312FPBQD Range Download PDF MINIATURE MINI-BEAM®, 10-30V dc (cont’d) 69943 Infrared LED Visible Red LED Visible Green LED Visible Blue LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SM312F W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 412). MINI-BEAM® DC Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 25 mA (exclusive of load) Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Bipolar: One current sourcing (PNP) and one current sinking (NPN) open-collector transistor; light operate (LO) or dark operate (DO) selectable. 150 mA max. each output at 25° C, derated to 100 mA at 70° C (derate ≈ 1 mA per ° C) OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 µA Output Rating Output saturation voltage (PNP output): less than 1 V @ 10 mA; less than 2 V @ 150 mA Output saturation voltage (NPN output): less than 200 mV @ 10mA; less than 1 V @ 150 mA Output Protection Circuitry Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short-circuit of outputs Output Configuration Output Response Time Repeatability Adjustments Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Sensors will respond to either a “light” or a “dark” signal of 1 millisecond or longer duration, 500 Hz max. 0.3 millisecond response modification is available. See note below†. NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up: outputs do not conduct during this time. Opposed: 0.14 milliseconds Non-Polarized and Polarized Retroreflective, Diffuse, Convergent, and Glass and Plastic Fiber Optic: 0.3 milliseconds. Response time and repeatability specifications are independent of signal strength. LIGHT/DARK OPERATE select switch, and 15-turn slotted brass screw GAIN (sensitivity) adjustment potentiometer (clutched at both ends of travel). Both controls are located on rear panel of sensor and protected by a gasketed, clear acrylic cover. Alignment Indicating Device system (AID) lights a rear-panel mounted red LED indicator whenever the sensor sees a “light” condition, with a superimposed pulse rate proportional to the light signal strength (the stronger the signal, the faster the pulse rate). Reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing, totally encapsulated, o-ring sealing, acrylic lenses, and stainless steel screws. Meets NEMA standards 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 12, and 13; IEC IP67 PVC-jacketed 4-conductor 2 m or 9 m cables, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting are available. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 412. Temperature: -20° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Certifications Hookup Diagrams † Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) Other Models: DC04 (p. 520) NOTE: DC MINI-BEAMs may be ordered with 0.3 millisecond ON/OFF response by adding suffix MHS to the model number (example, SM312LVMHS). This modification reduces sensing range (and excess gain). More information online at bannerengineering.com 81 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com MINI-BEAM® AC Sensors 24 to 240V ac with solid-state outputs Signal strength or output indicator 30.7 mm 2 m or 9 m integral cable, Micro-style quick-disconnect fitting 18 mm threaded lens mount on some models MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS Opposed, Retroreflective, 12.2 mm Diffuse and Convergent Models Suffix E, R, EPD, RPD, D, LV, LP, C and CV 66.0 mm Detailed Dimensions 12.2 mm 12.2 mm FULLSIZE 12.2 mm 30.7 mm Glass Fiber Models Suffix F and FV 30.7 mm 30.7 mm Plastic Fiber Models Suffix FP 69.9 mm 54.8 mm Diffuse Models Suffix DBZ and W 51.8 mm MINI-BEAM®, 24-240V ac Models SMA31E Emitter SMA31EQD Emitter SM2A31R SM2A31RQD SMA31EL Emitter SMA31ELQD Emitter SM2A31RL SM2A31RLQD SMA31EPD Emitter SMA31EPQD Emitter SM2A31RPD SM2A31RPDQD SM2A312D SM2A312DQD SM2A312DBZ SM2A312DBZQD Sensing Mode/LED* Download PDF Range 3m OPPOSED 30 m CLEAR PLASTIC 0.3 m OPPOSED 380 mm DIFFUSE 300 mm Cable** 2m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD Output Type SPST Solid-State 2-Wire Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-11 (p. 468) BPO-11 (p. 492) EGCO-12 (p. 468) BPO-12 (p. 492) Data Sheet 69942 See Note Below*** EGCD-15 (p. 475) BPD-15 (p. 498) EGCD-16 (p. 475) BPD-16 (p. 498) 69942 More on * Infrared LED Visible Red LED next page ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SM2A312D W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 419). *** Actual range depends on light transmission through the plastic being sensed. Some clear plastic materials may not be detected. When in doubt, ask your Banner representative to evaluate material samples. 82 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Models SM2A312W Sensing Mode/LED* DIVERGENT 130 mm DIFFUSE SM2A312LV 5 m† SM2A312LVQD SM2A312LP EXTENDED RANGE CONVERGENT SM2A312CV SM2A312CV2 CONVERGENT SM2A312CVG SM2A312CVGQD 3-Pin Micro QD 43 mm 43 mm 16 mm CONVERGENT GLASS FIBER SM2A312FV SM2A312FVQD Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD SPST Solid-state 2-Wire 2m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD PLASTIC FIBER 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD GLASS FIBER SM2A312FP SM2A312FPQD 2m 2m SM2A312F SM2A312FQD 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 16 mm SM2A312CVQD SM2A312CV2QD 3-Pin Micro QD 10 mm - 3 m† 16 mm SM2A312CQD SM2A312C2QD 2m Beam Pattern Data Sheet EGCD-17 (p. 476) BPD-17 (p. 499) 69942 EGCR-13 (p. 471) BPR-12 (p. 495) EGCR-14 (p. 471) BPR-13 (p. 495) EGCR-15 (p. 471) BPR-14 (p. 495) EGCC-13 (p. 478) BPC-13 (p. 501) EGCC-14 (p. 478) BPC-14 (p. 501) EGCC-15 (p. 478) BPC-15 (p. 501) EGCC-16 (p. 478) BPC-16 (p. 502) EGCC-17 (p. 479) BPC-17 (p. 502) EGCG-3 & EGCG-4 (p. 485) BPG-3 & BPG-4 (p. 504) EGCG-5 & EGCG-6 (p. 485) BPG-5 & BPG-6 (p. 504) EGCP-5 & EGCP-6 (p. 488) BPP-5 & BPP-6 (p. 507) 69942 POLAR RETRO SM2A312C SM2A312C2 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 50 mm - 2 m† POLAR RETRO P 2m Excess Gain FULLSIZE SM2A312LPQD P Output Type MIDSIZE SM2A312LVAGQD RETRO Cable** COMPACT SM2A312WQD SM2A312LVAG Range Download PDF Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 2m 3-Pin Micro QD MINIATURE MINI-BEAM®, 24-240V ac (cont’d) 69942 69942 69942 * Infrared LED Visible Red LED Visible Green LED ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SM2A312LP W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 419). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. More information online at bannerengineering.com 83 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com 24 to 240V ac (50/60 Hz), 250V ac max Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against transient voltages Output Configuration SPST SCR solid-state relay (light/dark operate selectable); 2-wire hookup Output Rating Min. load current 5 mA max. steady-state load capability 300 mA to 50° C ambient 100 mA to 70° C ambient Inrush capability: 3 amps for 1 second (non repetitive); 10 amps for 1 cycle (non repetitive) OFF-state leakage current: less than 1.7 mA rms ON-state voltage drop: ≤ 5 volts at 300 mA load, ≤ 10 volts at 15 mA load Output Protection Circuitry Protected against false pulse on power-up Output Response Time Opposed: 2 milliseconds ON and 1 millisecond OFF FULLSIZE Supply Voltage and Current COMPACT MINI-BEAM® AC Specifications MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS Non-Polarized and Polarized Retroreflective, Convergent and Plastic Fiber Optic: 4 milliseconds ON and OFF Diffuse and Glass Fiber Optic: 8 milliseconds ON and OFF OFF response time specification does not include load response of up to ½ ac cycle (8.3 milliseconds). Response time specification of load should be considered when important. NOTE: 300 millisecond delay on power-up. Repeatability Opposed: 0.3 milliseconds Non-Polarized and Polarized Retroreflective, Convergent and Plastic Fiber Optic:1.3 milliseconds Diffuse and Glass Fiber Optics: 2.6 milliseconds Response time and repeatability specifications are independent of signal strength. Adjustments LIGHT/DARK OPERATE select switch, and 15-turn slotted brass screw GAIN (sensitivity) adjustment potentiometer (clutched at both ends of travel). Both controls are located on rear panel of sensor and protected by a gasketed, clear acrylic cover. Indicators Red indicator LED on rear of sensor is “ON” when the load is energized Construction Reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing, totally encapsulated, o-ring sealing, acrylic lenses, and stainless steel screws Environmental Rating Meets NEMA standards 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 12, and 13; IEC IP67 Connections PVC-jacketed 2-conductor 2 m or 9 m cables, or 3-pin Micro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting are available. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 419. Operating Conditions Temperature: -20° to +70° C Application Notes i) Overload conditions can destroy ac MINI-BEAM sensors. Directly wiring sensor without load series across hot and neutral will damage sensor (except emitter models). ii) Low voltage use requires careful analysis of the load to determine if the leakage current or on-state voltage of the sensor will interfere with proper operation of the load. iii) The false-pulse protection feature may cause momentary drop-out of the load when the sensor is wired in series or parallel with mechanical switch contacts. Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Certifications Hookup Diagrams 84 Cabled Emitters: AC03 (p. 525) QD Emitters: AC04 (p. 525) More information online at bannerengineering.com All Other QD Models: AC02 (p. 525) All Other Cabled Models: AC01 (p. 525) Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Simple push-button programming or remote TEACH via wire MINIATURE MINI-BEAM® Expert™ Sensors 30.7 mm Dual-LED multi-function indicators COMPACT 2 m or 9 m integral cable, or Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting Popular 18 mm threaded lens mount 12.2 mm 69.9 mm FULLSIZE 30.7 mm 30.7 mm Glass Fiber Models Suffix F, FV, FVG, FVB and FVW 12.2 mm 12.2 mm 12.2 mm 30.7 mm 54.8 mm Plastic Fiber Models Suffix FP, FPG, FPB and FPW Diffuse Models Suffix W 51.8 mm MINI-BEAM® Expert™, 10-30V dc Models Sensing Mode/LED* SME312LV 5 m† SME312LVQD SME312LP SME312LPQD SME312LPC*** SME312LPCQD*** RETRO P 10 mm - 3 m† POLAR RETRO CLEAR OBJECT 1m P POLAR RETRO SME312D SME312DQD 380 mm DIFFUSE SME312DV SME312DVQD SME312W SME312WQD Range 1100 mm DIFFUSE DIVERGENT 130 mm DIFFUSE MIDSIZE Retroreflective, Diffuse and Convergent Models Suffix LV, LP, D, DV, CV, CV2, CVG, CVB and CVW Detailed Dimensions 66.0 mm Download PDF Cable** Output Type 2m 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD 2m Beam Pattern Data Sheet EGCR-16 (p. 471) BPR-15 (p. 495) 55214 EGCR-17 (p. 472) BPR-16 (p. 495) EGCR-18 (p. 472) BPR-17 (p. 496) EGCD-18 (p. 476) BPD-18 (p. 499) EGCD-20 (p. 476) BPD-20 (p. 499) EGCD-19 (p. 476) BPD-19 (p. 499) 55214 2m 5-Pin Euro QD Excess Gain Bipolar NPN/PNP 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD * Infrared LED Visible Red LED ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SME312D W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 414). *** NOTE: For clear object detection, sensing range varies, according to the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector(s) used. For these low-contrast applications, the model BRT-2X2 reflector is recommended and is included with each SME312LPC(QD) sensor. • For applications with high vibration, the model BRT-51X51BM, with its micro-prism geometry, is recommended. • For long-range applications, the BRT-77X77C reflector provides a range up to 2 m. • SME312LPC(QD) are for use with corner cube type reflectors only; reflective tape is not recommended. See page 425 for more information. † NOTE: Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector, unless otherwise noted. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories section for more information. More information online at bannerengineering.com 55214 More on next page 85 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS MINI-BEAM® Expert™, 10-30V dc (cont’d) Models Sensing Mode/LED* SME312CV 16 mm SME312CVQD SME312CV2 CONVERGENT SME312CV2QD SME312CVG SME312CVGQD CONVERGENT 16 mm CONVERGENT SME312CVW SME312CVWQD 43 mm 16 mm SME312CVB SME312CVBQD Range 16 mm CONVERGENT Cable** 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD GLASS FIBER SME312FV SME312FVQD 2m GLASS FIBER SME312FVG SME312FVGQD GLASS FIBER SME312FVB SME312FVBQD Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD GLASS FIBER SME312FVW SME312FVWQD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD GLASS FIBER SME312FP SME312FPQD 2m PLASTIC FIBER SME312FPB SME312FPBQD 5-Pin Euro QD PLASTIC FIBER SME312FPG SME312FPGQD PLASTIC FIBER Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 2m 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD SME312FPW SME312FPWQD Output Type 2m SME312F SME312FQD Download PDF 2m PLASTIC FIBER 5-Pin Euro QD Bipolar NPN/PNP Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCC-21 (p. 479) BPC-21 (p. 502) EGCC-22 (p. 479) BPC-22 (p. 502) EGCC-23 (p. 479) BPC-23 (p. 502) EGCC-24 (p. 479) BPC-24 (p. 502) EGCC-25 (p. 479) BPC-25 (p. 502) EGCG-9 & EGCG-10 (p. 485) BPG-9 & BPG-10 (p. 504) Data Sheet 55214 EGCG-11 & BPG-11 EGCG-12 & BPG-12 (p. 485) (p. 504) EGCG-13 (p. 485) BPG-13 (p. 504) EGCG-14 (p. 485) BPG-14 (p. 504) EGCG-15 (p. 485) BPG-15 (p. 504) EGCP-9 & EGCP-10 (p. 488) BPP-9 & BPP-10 (p. 507) EGCP-11 (p. 488) BPP-11 (p. 507) 55214 55214 EGCP-12 (p. 488) BPP-12 (p. 507) EGCP-13 (p. 488) BPP-13 (p. 507) * Infrared LED Visible Red LED Visible Green LED Visible Blue LED Visible White LED ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SME312CV W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 414). 86 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE MINI-BEAM® Expert™ Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 45 mA, exclusive of load Output Rating Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Application Notes Certifications Hookup Diagrams Push-button TEACH mode sensitivity setting; remote TEACH mode input is provided (gray wire) Two LEDs: Yellow and Bicolor Green/Red Green (RUN Mode): ON when power is applied Flashes when received light level approaches the switching threshold Red (TEACH Mode): OFF when no signal is received. Pulses to indicate signal strength (received light level). Rate is proportional to signal strength (the stronger the signal, the faster the pulse rate). This is a function of Banner’s Alignment Indicating Device (AID). Yellow (TEACH Mode): ON to indicate sensor is ready to learn output ON condition OFF to indicate sensor is ready to learn output OFF condition Yellow (RUN Mode): ON when outputs are conducting Reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing, totally encapsulated, o-ring seal, acrylic lenses, and stainless steel screws. Meets NEMA standards 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 12, and 13; IEC IP67 PVC-jacketed 5-conductor 2 m or 9 m unterminated cable, or 5-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting are available. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 414. Temperature: -20° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) FULLSIZE Repeatability Adjustments Indicators Configuration in TEACH sequence for Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO). 150 mA max. each output at 25° C, derated to 100 mA at 70° C (derate ≈ 1 mA per ° C) OFF-state leakage current: less than 5 µA @ 30V dc Output saturation voltage (PNP output): less than 1 V at 10 mA and less than 2 V at 150 mA Output saturation voltage (NPN output): less than 200 mV at 10 mA and less than 1 V at 150 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short-circuit of outputs Sensors will respond to either a “light” or a “dark” signal of 500 microseconds or longer duration, 1 kHz max. NOTE: 1 second delay on power-up; outputs do not conduct during this time. 100 microseconds (all models) MIDSIZE Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time COMPACT Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Bipolar: One current sourcing (PNP) and one current sinking (NPN) open-collector transistor. Output Configuration The first condition presented during TEACH mode becomes the output ON condition. DC08 (p. 521 ) More information online at bannerengineering.com 87 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com MINI-BEAM® Universal Voltage Sensors Popular, compact MINI-BEAM package with a SPDT electromechanical (E/M) relay 30.7 mm Universal supply voltage: 24 to 240V ac, 50/60 Hz; 24 to 240V dc Easy-to-operate sensors with few required adjustments MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS Detailed Dimensions 81.0 mm 12.2 mm 12.2 mm 12.2 mm 12.2 mm FULLSIZE Opposed, Retroreflective, Diffuse and Convergent Models Suffix E, EL, R, RL, LV, LP, D, CV and CV2 30.7 mm 30.7 mm 30.7 mm 85.3 mm Glass Fiber Models Suffix F and FV Plastic Fiber Models Suffix FP 69.8 mm Diffuse Models Suffix W 66.8 mm MINI-BEAM® Universal Voltage, 24-240V ac or dc Models SMU31E Emitter SMU31R SMU31EL Emitter SMU31RL Sensing Mode/LED* OPPOSED SMU315LV Download PDF Excess Gain Beam Pattern 2m EGCO-13 (p. 468) BPO-13 (p. 492) 30 m 2m EGCO-14 (p. 468) BPO-14 (p. 492) 5 m† 2m EGCR-19 (p. 472) BPR-18 (p. 496) 10 mm - 3 m† 2m EGCR-20 (p. 472) BPR-19 (p. 496) Range Cable** 3m Output Type RETRO SMU315LP P POLAR RETRO DIVERGENT SMU315D SPDT E/M Relay 380 mm 2m EGCD-21 (p. 476) BPD-21 (p. 499) 130 mm 2m EGCD-22 (p. 476) BPD-22 (p. 499) 16 mm 2m 43 mm 2m EGCC-26 (p. 479) EGCC-27 (p. 479) BPC-26 (p. 502) BPC-27 (p. 502) DIFFUSE DIVERGENT SMU315W Data Sheet 55230 DIFFUSE SMU315CV SMU315CV2 CONVERGENT Infrared LED Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SMU315D W/30). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. 88 More information online at bannerengineering.com More on next page Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Models Sensing Mode/LED* SMU315F SMU315FV Output Type Cable** Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 2m SPDT E/M Relay 2m GLASS FIBER PLASTIC FIBER Beam Pattern EGCG-16 (p. 485) & EGCG-17 (p. 486) BPG-16 (p. 504) & BPG-17 (p. 505) EGCG-18 & BPG-18 & EGCG-19 BPG-19 (p. 486) (p. 505) Data Sheet 55230 MIDSIZE SMU315FP Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used Excess Gain COMPACT GLASS FIBER Range Download PDF EGCP-14 & BPP-14 & EGCP-15 BPP-15 (p. 488) (p. 507) 2m FULLSIZE Infrared LED Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SMU315F W/30). MINI-BEAM® Universal Voltage Specifications Supply Voltage Universal voltage: 24 to 240V ac, 50/60Hz or 24 to 240V dc (1.5 watts or 2.5 VA max.) Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating Protected against transient voltages. DC hookup is without regard to polarity. Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Protected against false pulse on power-up. Repeatability 1 millisecond Adjustments Light/Dark Operate select switch, and 15-turn slotted brass screw Gain (sensitivity) adjustment potentiometer (clutched at both ends of travel). Both controls are located on rear panel of sensor and are protected by a gasketed, clear acrylic cover. Indicators Alignment Indicator Device system (AID) lights a rear-panel-mounted LED indicator whenever the sensor sees a “light” condition, with a superimposed pulse rate proportional to the light signal strength (the stronger the signal, the faster the pulse rate). Construction Reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing, totally encapsulated, o-ring seal, acrylic lenses, and stainless steel screws. Meets NEMA standards 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 12, and 13; IEC IP67. PVC-jacketed 5-conductor 2 m or 9 m unterminated cable. Opposed mode emitter cables are 2-conductor. Temperature: -20° to +55° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Application Notes Certifications Hookup Diagrams MINIATURE MINI-BEAM® Universal Voltage, 24-240V ac or dc (cont’d) SPDT (Single-Pole, Double Throw) (form C) electromechanical relay, ON/OFF output. Max. switching power (resistive load): 90W, 250VA Max. switching voltage (resistive load): 250V ac or 30V dc Max. switching current (resistive load): 3A Min. voltage and current: 5V dc, 10 mA Mechanical life: 20,000,000 operations Electrical life at full resistive load: 100,000 operations Closure time: 20 milliseconds max. Release time: 20 milliseconds max. Max. switching speed: 25 operations per second Install transient suppressor (MOV) across contacts switching inductive loads. Emitters: UN02 (p. 528) Other AC/DC Models: UN01 (p. 528) More information online at bannerengineering.com 89 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com MINI-BEAM® NAMUR Sensors Opposed, Retroreflective, Diffuse and Convergent Models Suffix E, R, LV, D and CV Intrinsically safe sensors with MINI-BEAM performance and small size 30.7 mm For use with approved switching amplifiers with intrinsically safe input circuits Output 1 mA or less in dark conditions and 2 mA or more in light conditions Detailed Dimensions 12.2 mm Diffuse Models Suffix W 66.0 mm 12.2 mm 30.7 mm 12.2 mm Models with integral cable or quick-disconnect Glass Fiber Models Suffix F 30.7 mm FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS 51.8 mm 69.9 mm MINI-BEAM® NAMUR, 5-15V dc Models MI9E Emitter MI9EQ Emitter MIAD9R MIAD9RQ MIAD9LV MIAD9LVQ MIAD9LVAG MIAD9LVAGQ MIAD9D MIAD9DQ MIAD9W MIAD9WQ MIAD9CV MIAD9CVQ MIAD9CV2 MIAD9CV2Q Sensing Mode/LED* Cable** 2m 6m 4-Pin Euro QD Output Type — 2m OPPOSED Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-15 (p. 468) BPO-15 (p. 492) EGCR-21 (p. 472) BPR-20 (p. 496) EGCR-22 (p. 472) BPR-21 (p. 496) EGCD-23 (p. 476) BPD-23 (p. 499) EGCD-24 (p. 476) BPD-24 (p. 499) EGCC-28 (p. 479) BPC-28 (p. 502) EGCC-29 (p. 479) BPC-29 (p. 502) EGCG-20 & EGCG-21 (p. 486) BPG-20 & BPG-21 (p. 505) Data Sheet 4-Pin Euro QD 5m† RETRO P 50 mm - 2 m † POLAR RETRO 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD DIVERGENT 380 mm DIFFUSE 2m 4-Pin Euro QD DIVERGENT 75 mm DIFFUSE 16 mm CONVERGENT MIAD9F MIAD9FQ Range Download PDF GLASS FIBER 43 mm Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD Constant Current ≤1.2 mA dark ≥2.1 mA light 39616 Infrared LED Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, MIAD9LV W/30). A model with a QD requires a special 4-pin Euro QD mating cable (see page 413). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. 90 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Supply Voltage 5 to 15V dc (provided by the amplifier to which the sensor is connected) Output Output Response Time Constant current output: ≤ 1.2 mA in the “dark” condition and ≤ 2.1 mA in the “light” condition Opposed receiver: 2 milliseconds ON/400 microseconds OFF All others: 5 milliseconds ON/OFF (does not include amplifier response) 15-turn slotted brass screw GAIN (sensitivity) adjustment potentiometer (clutched at both ends of travel); located on rear panel and protected by a clear gasketed acrylic cover Construction Reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing, totally encapsulated, o-ring sealing, acrylic lenses, and stainless steel screws Meets NEMA standards 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13; IEC IP67 PVC-jacketed 2-conductor 2 m or 9 m cables, or special 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting are available; QD cables are ordered separately. See page 413. Temperature: -40° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Design Standards FULLSIZE Red LED Alignment Indicator Device (AID) located on rear panel lights when the sensor sees a “light” condition; pulse rate is proportional to signal strength (the stronger the signal, the faster the pulse rate). MIDSIZE Indicators COMPACT Adjustments MINIATURE MINI-BEAM® NAMUR Specifications MIAD9 Series sensors comply with the following standards: DIN 19 234, EN 50 014 Part 1. 1977, EN50 020 Part 7. 1977, Factory Mutual #3610 and 3611, CSA 22.2 #157-92 and 22.2 #213-M1987 Certifications L IS T E D Hookup Diagrams SP01 (p. 530) APPROVALS CSA: #LR 41887 FM: #J.I. 5Y3A4.AX Instrinsically Safe, with Entity for Class I, Groups A-D Class I, Div. 2, Groups A-D KEMA: #03ATEX1441X II IG EEx ia IIC T6 ETL: Intrinsically Safe, with Entity for Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A-G Class I, II, III, Div. 2, Groups A-D and G #553868 More information online at bannerengineering.com 91 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS WORLD-BEAM® Q20 Series Rectangular Sensor • • • • • • • Features compact, rectangular housing with industry-standard mounting configuration Available in opposed, polarized and non-polarized retroflective, and diffuse models Offers visible red beam for easy alignment on most models Provides water-tight, IP67 and NEMA 6 rated enclosure for rugged, reliable sensing Rated to 1200 psi for washdown environments Features ranges to 15 m Offers 10 to 30V dc supply voltage with complementary NPN or PNP outputs, depending on the model • Provides versatile mounting options, including M3 (3 mm) inserts and 25.4 mm hole spacing • Includes single-turn gain potentiometer for easy configuration, depending on model OPPOSED RETRO P POLAR RETRO WORLD-BEAM® Q20 Sensors DIFFUSE 12.0 mm 20.0 mm Easy-to-see sensor LED FIXED-FIELD 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or Pico- or Euro-style quick-disconnect BRACKETS PAGE 370 32.0 mm Molded-in threaded mounting holes on standard 25.4 mm spacing QD CABLES 4-Pin Euro + 4-Pin Pico PAGE 410 & 412 Rugged overmolded housing REFLECTORS Excellent optical crosstalk and electronic noise immunity PAGE 425 APERTURES PAGE 443 Detailed Dimensions Opposed, Retroreflective and Diffuse Models Suffix E, EL, R, RL, LP, LV, D, DL and DXL 92 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Models Range Cable** 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 10 m 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m OPPOSED 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 15 m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 6m † 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m RETRO 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m P 4m † POLAR RETRO 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 250 mm DIFFUSE 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 800 mm DIFFUSE 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 1500 mm DIFFUSE 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD Beam Pattern Data Sheet EGCO-16 (p. 468) BPO-16 (p. 492) 127816 EGCO-17 (p. 469) BPO-17 (p. 493) 127816 EGCR-23 (p. 472) BPR-22 (p. 496) 127816 EGCR-24 (p. 472) BPR-23 (p. 496) EGCD-25 (p. 476) BPD-25 (p. 499) — NPN PNP — NPN FULLSIZE OPPOSED 2m Excess Gain MIDSIZE 2m Output Type COMPACT Q20E Emitter Q20EQ5 Emitter Q20NR Q20NRQ5 Q20PR Q20PRQ5 Q20EL Emitter Q20ELQ5 Emitter Q20NRL Q20NRLQ5 Q20PRL Q20PRLQ5 Q20NLV Q20NLVQ5 Q20PLV Q20PLVQ5 Q20NLP Q20NLPQ5 Q20PLP Q20PLPQ5 Q20ND Q20NDQ5 Q20PD Q20PDQ5 Q20NDL Q20NDLQ5 Q20PDL Q20PDLQ5 Q20NDXL Q20NDXLQ5 Q20PDXL Q20PDXLQ5 Sensing Mode/LED* Download PDF MINIATURE WORLD-BEAM® Q20, 10-30V dc PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP 127816 NPN PNP NPN PNP EGCD-26 (p. 476) BPD-26 (p. 499) EGCO-27 (p. 476) BPO-22 (p. 499) More on Infrared LED Visible Red LED * next page ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q20ND W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see pages 410 & 412). QD models: • For a 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, Q20NDQ5). • For a 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q (example, Q20NDQ). • For a 4-pin integral Pico-style QD, add suffix Q7 (example, Q20NDQ7). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-84 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the reflector used. See Accessories for more information. More information online at bannerengineering.com 93 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS WORLD-BEAM® Q20 Specifications Supply Voltage 10 to 30V dc (10% maximum ripple) at less than 18 mA, exclusive of load Supply Protection Circuity Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Output Configuration Output Rating Output Response Time Repeatability Adjustments Indicators Solid-state complementary; PNP (sourcing) or NPN (sinking), depending on model 100 mA with short circuit protection OFF-state leakage current: NPN: less than 10 µA sinking PNP: less than 200 µA sourcing ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: less than 1.6V @ 100 mA PNP: less than 3.0V @ 100 mA Opposed: 1 millisecond; 600 microseconds OFF All others: 800 microseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up; outputs do not conduct during this time Opposed: 140 microseconds All others: 155 microseconds Diffuse, Retroreflective and Polarized Retroreflective: single-turn sensitivity (Gain) adjustment potentiometer Emitters: Green power ON only All others: Two LED Indicators: Green and Yellow Green ON: power ON Yellow ON: light sensed Green flashing: output overload Yellow flashing: marginal excess gain (1 x 1.5) Construction Housing: ABS Connections 2 m or 9 m 4-wire PVC cable, 4-pin 150 mm pigtail Pico-style QD (Q), or 4-pin 150 mm pigtail Euro-style QD (Q5), or 4-pin integral Pico-style QD (Q7), depending on model. QD cables are ordered separately. See pages 410 and 412. Operating Conditions Temperature: –20° to 60° C Enviromental Rating IEC IP67; NEMA 6 and 1200 psi washdown NEMA ICS 5, Annex F-2002 Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certification All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements method 201A (vibration: 10 to 60 Hz max., double amplitude 0.06”, maximum acceleration 10G). Also meets IEC 947-5-2: 30G 11 ms duration, half sine wave Hookup Diagram Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) 94 Lenses: PPMA Gain Adjuster: PBT Relative humidity: 95% @ 50° C (non-condensing) Approvals pending, contact factory for status at 1-888-373-6767. All others: DC03 (p. 520) More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE S18 and M18 Features EZ-BEAM® technology, with specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments Available in plastic threaded barrel sensor (S18) and stainless steel threaded barrel sensor (M18) Completely epoxy-encapsulated to provide superior durability, even in harsh sensing environments (S18) Uses innovative dual-indicator system to take the guesswork out of monitoring sensor performance Available in models for ac or dc power Includes advanced diagnostics to warn of marginal sensing conditions or output overload (dc models) Meets rigorous IP69K standards for use in washdown (S18) applications FULLSIZE S18 DC Models M18 DC Models S18 AC Models MIDSIZE • • • • • • • COMPACT 18 mm Threaded-Barrel Sensors page 96 97 99 OPPOSED RETRO S18 and M18 DC Sensors P POLAR RETRO S18 Opposed, Non-polarized Retroreflective and Diffuse Models Suffix E, R, L and D Advanced self-diagnostics with separate alarm output; dual-LED multi-function indicators DIFFUSE 59.2 mm Popular 18 mm threaded barrel 10 to 30V dc with NPN or PNP outputs ø 18.0 mm S18 Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field Models Suffix LP and FF FIXED-FIELD BRACKETS PAGE 370 2 m or 9 m integral cable, or Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting QD CABLES 4-Pin Euro + 4-Pin Micro 65.0 mm PAGE 412 & 419 REFLECTORS PAGE 425 ø 18.0 mm APERTURES PAGE 443 Detailed Dimensions 65.0 mm 59.2 mm M18 Opposed, Non-polarized Retroreflective and Diffuse Models Suffix E, R, L, D and DL More information online at M18 Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field Models Suffix LP and FF bannerengineering.com 95 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS S18, 10-30V dc Models S186E Emitter S186EQ Emitter S18SN6R S18SN6RQ S18SP6R S18SP6RQ S18SN6L S18SN6LQ S18SP6L S18SP6LQ S18SN6LP S18SN6LPQ S18SP6LP S18SP6LPQ S18SN6FF25 S18SN6FF25Q S18SP6FF25 S18SP6FF25Q S18SN6FF50 S18SN6FF50Q S18SP6FF50 S18SP6FF50Q S18SN6FF100 S18SN6FF100Q S18SP6FF100 S18SP6FF100Q S18SN6D S18SN6DQ S18SP6D S18SP6DQ S18SN6DL S18SN6DLQ S18SP6DL S18SP6DLQ Download PDF Sensing Mode/LED* Range Cable** 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 20 m 2m 4-Pin Euro QD OPPOSED 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 2m † RETRO 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m P 2m † POLAR RETRO 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 0 - 25 mm Cutoff 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 0 - 50 mm Cutoff FIXED-FIELD 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 0 - 100 mm Cutoff 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 100 mm 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m DIFFUSE 300 mm 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-18 (p. 469) BPO-18 (p. 493) EGCR-25 (p. 472) BPR-24 (p. 496) EGCR-26 (p. 472) BPR-25 (p.496) EGCF-9 (p. 482) — EGCF-10 (p. 482) — EGCF-11 (p. 482) — EGCD-28 (p. 476) BPD-28 (p. 499) EGCD-29 (p. 476) BPD-29 (p. 499) Data Sheet — NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP 121522 Infrared LED Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, S18SP6D W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 412). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. 96 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Models Sensing Mode/LED* Cable** 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 20 m OPPOSED 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m † RETRO 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD P 2m † POLAR RETRO 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 0 - 25 mm Cutoff 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 0 - 50 mm Cutoff FIXED-FIELD 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 0 - 100 mm Cutoff 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 100 mm 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m DIFFUSE 300 mm 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-19 (p. 469) BPO-19 (p.493) EGCR-27 (p. 472) BPR-26 (p. 496) EGCR-28 (p. 472) BPR-27 (p. 496) EGCF-12 (p. 482) — EGCF-13 (p. 482) — EGCF-14 (p. 482) — EGCD-30 (p. 476) BPD-30 (p. 499) EGCD-31 (p. 476) BPD-31 (p. 499) Data Sheet – NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP FULLSIZE 2m Output Type MIDSIZE 2m M18SN6DQ M18SP6D M18SP6DQ M18SN6DL M18SN6DLQ M18SP6DL M18SP6DLQ Range COMPACT M186E Emitter M186EQ Emitter M18SN6R M18SN6RQ M18SP6R M18SP6RQ M18SN6L M18SN6LQ M18SP6L M18SP6LQ M18SN6LP M18SN6LPQ M18SP6LP M18SP6LPQ M18SN6FF25 M18SN6FF25Q M18SP6FF25 M18SP6FF25Q M18SN6FF50 M18SN6FF50Q M18SP6FF50 M18SP6FF50Q M18SN6FF100 M18SN6FF100Q M18SP6FF100 M18SP6FF100Q M18SN6D Download PDF MINIATURE M18, 10-30V dc 49201 Infrared LED Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, M18SN6D W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 412). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. More information online at bannerengineering.com 97 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS S18 and M18 DC Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); Supply current (exclusive of load current): Opposed Emitters: 25 mA Polarized Retroreflective: 30 mA Fixed-field: 35 mA Opposed Receivers: 20 mA Non-polarized Retroreflective: 25 mA Diffuse: 25 mA Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state complementary dc switch; NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), Output Configuration Output Rating depending on model. The Dark Operate (DO) output may be wired as a normally open marginal signal alarm output, depending upon hookup to the power supply. 150 mA max. (each) in standard hookup. When wired for alarm output, the total load may not exceed 150 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 µA at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V at 10 mA dc; less than1.5V at 150 mA dc Output Protection Circuitry Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Opposed: 3 milliseconds ON, 1.5 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective, Non-polarized Output Response Time Repeatability Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 3 milliseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up; outputs are non-conducting during this time Opposed: 375 microseconds Polarized Retroreflective, Non-polarized Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 750 microseconds. Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green ON steady: power is ON Green flashing: output overloaded Yellow ON steady: Light Operate (LO) output is energized Yellow flashing: excess gain marginal (1-1.5x) in light condition, LO output energized M18 models: stainless steel housing S18 models: thermoplastic polyester housing Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; S18 and M18 models come with two jam nuts. Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P; DIN 40050 (IP69K) 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 412. Temperature: -40° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max., double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation) Certifications S18 and M18 models: Hookup Diagrams 98 Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) More information online at bannerengineering.com S18 models: NPN Models: DC05 (p. 521) R PNP Models: DC06 (p. 521) Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS 18 mm thermoplastic polyester threaded barrel sensor MINIATURE S18 AC Sensors 85.3 mm Dual LED indicators 86.3 mm COMPACT 20 to 250V ac (3-wire hookup) Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field Models Suffix LP and FF Solid-state switch output, maximum load 300 mA MIDSIZE ø 18.0 mm Detailed Dimensions Opposed, Non-polarized Retroreflective and Diffuse Models Suffix E, R, L and D Models S183E Emitter S183EQ1 Emitter S18AW3R S18AW3RQ1 S18RW3R S18RW3RQ1 S18AW3L S18AW3LQ1 S18RW3L S18RW3LQ1 S18AW3LP S18AW3LPQ1 S18RW3LP S18RW3LPQ1 S18AW3FF25 S18AW3FF25Q1 S18RW3FF25 S18RW3FF25Q1 S18AW3FF50 S18AW3FF50Q1 S18RW3FF50 S18RW3FF50Q1 S18AW3FF100 S18AW3FF100Q1 S18RW3FF100 S18RW3FF100Q1 FULLSIZE S18, 20-250V ac Download PDF Sensing Mode/LED* Range 20 m OPPOSED 2 m† RETRO P 2m † POLAR RETRO 0 - 25 mm Cutoff 0 - 50 mm Cutoff FIXED-FIELD 0 - 100 mm Cutoff Output Type Cable** 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-18 (p. 469) BPO-18 (p. 493) EGCR-25 (p. 472) BPR-24 (p. 496) EGCR-26 (p. 472) BPR-25 (p. 496) EGCF-9 (p. 482) — EGCF-10 (p. 482) — EGCF-11 (p. 482) — Data Sheet — LO DO LO DO LO DO LO DO LO DO LO DO 121521 More on Infrared LED Visible Red LED * next page ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, S18AW3LP W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 419). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. More information online at bannerengineering.com 99 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS S18, 20-250V ac (cont’d) Models Sensing Mode/LED* S18AW3D S18AW3DQ1 S18RW3D S18RW3DQ1 S18AW3DL S18AW3DLQ1 S18RW3DL Download PDF Range Cable** Output Type 2m LO 4-Pin Micro QD 100 mm 2m DO 4-Pin Micro QD 2m S18RW3DLQ1 EGCD-28 (p. 476) BPD-28 (p. 499) Data Sheet LO 4-Pin Micro QD 300 mm Beam Pattern 121521 2m DIFFUSE Excess Gain DO 4-Pin Micro QD EGCD-29 (p. 476) BPD-29 (p. 499) Infrared LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, S18AW3D W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 419). S18 AC Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 20 to 250V ac (50/60 Hz). Average current: 20 mA. Peak current: 200 mA at 20V ac, 500 mA at 120V ac, 750 mA at 250V ac Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against transient voltages Solid-state ac switch; three-wire hookup; Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO), Output Configuration depending on model. Light operate: Output conducts when the sensor sees its own (or the emitter’s) modulated light Dark operate: Output conducts when sensor sees dark 300 mA max. (continuous) Fixed-field: derate 5 mA/° C above +50° C Output Rating Inrush capability: 1 amp for 20 milliseconds, non-repetitive OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 µA ON-state voltage drop: 3V at 300 mA ac; 2V at 15 mA ac Output Protection Circuitry Protected against false pulse on power-up Opposed: 16 milliseconds ON, 8 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective, Output Response Time Non-polarized Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 16 milliseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up Opposed: 2 milliseconds Repeatability Polarized Retroreflective, Non-polarized Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 4 milliseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Indicators Green ON steady: power ON Yellow ON steady: light sensed Yellow flashing: excess gain marginal (1-1.5x) in light condition Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; two jam nuts included. Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications Hookup Diagrams 100 Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P; DIN 40050 (IP69K) 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Micro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 419. Temperature: -40° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max, double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation) R Cabled Emitters: AC03 (p. 525) QD Emitters: AC07 (p. 526) More information online at bannerengineering.com Other Cabled Models: AC05 (p. 526) Other QD Models: AC06 (p. 526) Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE T18 COMPACT 18 mm Threaded Right-Angle Sensors page 102 104 FULLSIZE DC Models AC Models MIDSIZE • Features EZ-BEAM® technology, with specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments on most models • T-style plastic housing with 18 mm threaded lens mount • Available in opposed, retroreflective, diffuse and fixed-field modes • Completely epoxy-encapsulated to provide superior durability, even in harsh sensing environments • Uses innovative dual-indicator system to take the guesswork out of monitoring sensor performance • Includes advanced diagnostics to warn of marginal sensing conditions or output overload (dc models) OPPOSED RETRO P T18 DC Sensors POLAR RETRO Dual-LED multi-function indicators Popular 18 mm threaded lens mount Detailed Dimensions 30.0 mm DIFFUSE 10 to 30V dc with NPN or PNP outputs FIXED-FIELD BRACKETS 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or Euro-style quick-disconnect PAGE 371 QD CABLES 4-Pin Euro + 4-Pin Micro 41.5 mm PAGE 412 & 419 REFLECTORS ø 30.0 mm PAGE 425 APERTURES PAGE 443 DC Sensors (all models) More information online at bannerengineering.com 101 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS T18, 10-30V dc Models Download PDF Sensing Mode/LED* Range Cable** 2m T186E Emitter 4-Pin Euro QD T186EQ Emitter T18SN6R T18SN6RQ T18SP6R 20 m 2m 4-Pin Euro QD OPPOSED 2m 4-Pin Euro QD T18SP6RQ 2m T18SN6L T18SN6LQ 2 m† T18SP6L RETRO T18SP6LQ 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m T18SN6LP T18SN6LPQ T18SP6LP T18SP6LPQ P 2m † POLAR RETRO 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m T18SN6FF25 T18SN6FF25Q 0 - 25 mm Cutoff T18SP6FF25 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD T18SP6FF25Q 2m T18SN6FF50 T18SN6FF50Q T18SP6FF50 T18SP6FF50Q 0 - 50 mm Cutoff FIXED-FIELD 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m T18SN6FF100 T18SN6FF100Q 0 - 100 mm Cutoff T18SP6FF100 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD T18SP6FF100Q 2m T18SN6D T18SN6DQ T18SP6D T18SP6DQ 500 mm DIFFUSE 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-20 (p. 469) BPO-20 (p. 493) EGCR-29 (p. 472) BPR-28 (p. 496) EGCR-30 (p. 472) BPR-29 (p. 496) Data Sheet – NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN 121526 EGCF-15 (p. 482) — EGCF-16 (p. 482) — EGCF-17 (p. 483) — EGCD-32 (p. 476) BPD-32 (p. 499) PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP Infrared LED Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T18SN6L W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 412). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. 102 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE T18 DC Specifications Supply Voltage and Current Adjustments Repeatability Indicators Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Opposed: 3 milliseconds ON, 1.5 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective, Non-polarized Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 3 milliseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up; outputs are non-conducting during this time T18 Series infrared non-polarized retroreflective and diffuse mode models (only) have a single-turn rearpanel SENSITIVITY control for adjustment of system gain (turn clockwise to increase) Opposed: 375 microseconds Polarized Retroreflective, Non-polarized Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 750 microseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green ON steady: power ON Green flashing: output overloaded Yellow ON steady: Light Operate (LO) output energized Yellow flashing: excess gain marginal (1-1.5x) in light condition, LO output energized Construction Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; one jam nut included Environmental Rating Connections Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P; DIN 40050 (IP69K) Operating Conditions Temperature: -40° to +70° C Vibration and Mechanical Shock All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max., double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation) FULLSIZE Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Solid-state complementary dc switch; NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model. The Dark Operate (DO) output may be wired as a normally open marginal signal alarm output, depending upon hookup to the power supply. 150 mA max. (each) in standard hookup. When wired for alarm output, the total load may not exceed 150 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 µA at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V at 10 mA dc; less than 1.5V at 150 mA dc MIDSIZE Output Rating Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages COMPACT Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); Supply current (exclusive of load current): Opposed Emitters: 25 mA Opposed Receivers: 20 mA Polarized Retroreflective: 30 mA Non-polarized Retroreflective: 25 mA Diffuse: 25 mA Fixed-field: 35 mA 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 412. Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Certifications R Hookup Diagrams Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) NPN Models: DC05 (p. 521) More information online at PNP Models: DC06 (p. 521) bannerengineering.com 103 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com T18 AC Sensors 30.0 mm Dual-LED multi-function indicators Detailed Dimensions Popular 18 mm threaded barrel 20 to 250V ac with solid-state outputs COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or Micro-style quick-disconnect 51.5 mm FULLSIZE ø 40.0 mm AC Sensors (all models) T18, 20-250V ac Models T183E Emitter T183EQ1 Emitter T18AW3R T18AW3RQ1 T18RW3R T18RW3RQ1 T18AW3L T18AW3LQ1 T18RW3L T18RW3LQ1 T18AW3LP T18AW3LPQ1 T18RW3LP T18RW3LPQ1 T18AW3D T18AW3DQ1 T18RW3D T18RW3DQ1 Download PDF Sensing Mode/LED* Range Cable** 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 20 m 2m 4-Pin Micro QD OPPOSED 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 2m † RETRO 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m P 2m † POLAR RETRO 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 300 mm DIFFUSE 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-20 (p. 469) BPO-20 (p. 493) EGCR-29 (p. 472) BPR-28 (p. 496) EGCR-30 (p. 472) BPR-29 (p. 496) EGCD-33 (p. 477) BPD-33 (p. 500) Data Sheet – LO DO LO DO LO DO LO DO 121525 More on Infrared LED Visible Red LED * next page ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T18AW3L W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 419). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. 104 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Models Range Output Type Cable** 0 - 25 mm Cutoff 0 - 50 mm Cutoff FIXED-FIELD 0 - 100 mm Cutoff LO DO LO DO LO EGCF-15 (p. 482) — EGCF-16 (p. 482) — EGCF-17 (p. 483) — Data Sheet 121525 FULLSIZE DO Beam Pattern MIDSIZE 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD Excess Gain COMPACT T18AW3FF25 T18AW3FF25Q1 T18RW3FF25 T18RW3FF25Q1 T18AW3FF50 T18AW3FF50Q1 T18RW3FF50 T18RW3FF50Q1 T18AW3FF100 T18AW3FF100Q1 T18RW3FF100 T18RW3FF100Q1 Sensing Mode/LED* Download PDF MINIATURE T18, 20-250V ac (cont’d) Infrared LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T18AW3FF25 W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 419). T18 AC Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 20 to 250V ac (50/60 Hz) Average current: 20 mA Peak current: 200 mA at 20V ac, 500 mA at 120V ac, 750 mA at 250V ac Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against transient voltages Solid-state ac switch; three-wire hookup; Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO), depending on model. Output Configuration Output Rating Light operate: Output conducts when the sensor sees its own (or the emitter’s) modulated light Dark operate: Output conducts when sensor sees dark 300 mA max. (continuous) Fixed-field: derate 5 mA/° C above +50° C Inrush capability: 1 amp for 20 milliseconds, non-repetitive OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 µA ON-state voltage drop: 3V at 300 mA ac; 2V at 15 mA ac Output Protection Circuitry Protected against false pulse on power-up Opposed: 16 milliseconds ON, 8 milliseconds OFF Output Response Time Repeatability Adjustments Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications Hookup Diagrams Polarized Retroreflective, Non-polarized Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 16 milliseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up Opposed: 2 milliseconds Polarized Retroreflective, Non-polarized Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 4 milliseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. T18 Series infrared non-polarized retroreflective and diffuse mode models (only) have a single-turn rear-panel SENSITIVITY control for adjustment of system gain (turn clockwise to increase) Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green ON steady: power ON Yellow ON steady: light sensed Yellow flashing: excess gain marginal (1-1.5x) in light condition Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; one jam nut included. Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P; DIN 40050 (IP69K) 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4 pin Micro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 419. Temperature: -40° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max, double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation) R Cabled Emitters: AC03 (p. 525) QD Emitters: AC07 (p. 526) Other cabled Models: AC05 (p. 526) Other QD Models: AC06 (p. 526) More information online at bannerengineering.com 105 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS Q25 Right-Angle Rectangular Sensors • • • • • • Features EZ-BEAM® technology, with specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments Available in opposed, retroreflective or fixed-field modes in rectangular 25 mm plastic housing with 18 mm threaded mounting base Completely epoxy-encapsulated for superior durability, even in harsh sensing environments Uses an innovative dual-indicator system to take the guesswork out of monitoring sensor performance Available in models for ac or dc power Includes advanced diagnostics to warn of marginal sensing conditions or output overload (dc models) OPPOSED P POLAR RETRO Q25 Sensors FIXED-FIELD Yellow LED output indicator BRACKETS 25.0 mm 30.0 mm Detailed Dimensions 18 mm threaded mounting base PAGE 371 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or Euro- or Micro-style quickdisconnect QD CABLES 4-Pin Euro + 4-Pin Micro PAGE 412 & 419 REFLECTORS Green LED power indicator PAGE 425 31.0 mm 25.0 mm 50.2 mm 50.2 mm Fixed-field Models Suffix FF Opposed and Retroreflective Models Suffix E, R and LP 106 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Models Sensing Mode/LED* Range Cable** 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 20 m OPPOSED 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD P 2m † 4-Pin Euro QD 2m POLAR RETRO 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 0 - 50 mm Cutoff FIXED-FIELD 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 0 - 100 mm Cutoff 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD Beam Pattern EGCO-21 (p. 469) BPO-21 (p. 493) EGCR-31 (p. 472) BPR-30 (p. 496) EGCF-18 (p. 483) — EGCF-19 (p. 483) — EGCF-20 (p. 483) — Data Sheet – NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP 121518 Q25, 20-250V ac Models Q253E Emitter Q253EQ1 Emitter Q25AW3R Q25AW3RQ1 Q25RW3R Q25RW3RQ1 Q25AW3LP Q25AW3LPQ1 Q25RW3LP Q25RW3LPQ1 Q25AW3FF25 Q25AW3FF25Q1 Q25RW3FF25 Q25RW3FF25Q1 Sensing Mode/LED* Download PDF Range 20 m OPPOSED P 2m † POLAR RETRO 0 - 25 mm Cutoff FIXED-FIELD FULLSIZE 0 - 25 mm Cutoff 4-Pin Euro QD Excess Gain MIDSIZE 2m Output Type COMPACT Q256E Emitter Q256EQ Emitter Q25SN6R Q25SN6RQ Q25SP6R Q25SP6RQ Q25SN6LP Q25SN6LPQ Q25SP6LP Q25SP6LPQ Q25SN6FF25 Q25SN6FF25Q Q25SP6FF25 Q25SP6FF25Q Q25SN6FF50 Q25SN6FF50Q Q25SP6FF50 Q25SP6FF50Q Q25SN6FF100 Q25SN6FF100Q Q25SP6FF100 Q25SP6FF100Q Download PDF MINIATURE Q25, 10-30V dc Output Type Cable** 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-21 (p. 469) BPO-21 (p. 493) EGCR-31 (p. 472) BPR-30 (p. 496) EGCF-18 (p. 483) — Data Sheet – LO DO LO DO LO DO 121517 Infrared LED Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q25AW3LP W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see pages 412 and 419). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. More information online at bannerengineering.com More on next page 107 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com Q25, 20-250V ac (cont’d) Models Q25AW3FF50 Q25AW3FF50Q1 Q25RW3FF50 Q25RW3FF50Q1 Q25AW3FF100 Q25AW3FF100Q1 Q25RW3FF100 Q25RW3FF100Q1 Sensing Mode/LED* Download PDF Range Cable** 2m FIXED-FIELD 4-Pin Micro QD 0 - 50 mm Cutoff 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m FIXED-FIELD 4-Pin Micro QD 0 - 100 mm Cutoff 2m 4-Pin Micro QD Output Type LO DO Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCF-19 (p. 483) — Data Sheet 121517 LO DO EGCF-20 (p. 483) — Infrared LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q25AW3FF50 W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 419). FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COLOR & lUMINESCENCE COMPACT MINIATURE PHOTOELECTRICS Q25 DC Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); Supply current (exclusive of load current): Opposed Emitters: 25 mA Opposed Receivers: 20 mA Polarized Retroreflective: 30 mA Fixed-field: 35 mA Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state complementary dc switch; NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), Output Configuration depending on model. The Dark Operate (DO) output may be wired as a normally open marginal signal alarm output, depending upon hookup to the power supply. 150 mA max. (each) in standard hookup. When wired for alarm output, the total load Output Rating may not exceed 150 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 µA at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V at 10 mA dc; less than 1.5V at 150 mA dc Output Protection Circuitry Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Opposed: 3 milliseconds ON, 1.5 milliseconds OFF Output Response Time Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 3 milliseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up; outputs do not conduct during this time Opposed: 375 microseconds Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 750 microseconds Repeatability Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Indicators Green ON steady: power ON Green flashing: output overloaded Yellow ON steady: Light Operate (LO) output energized Yellow flashing: excess gain marginal (1-1.5x) in light condition, LO output energized Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; one jam nut included. Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications Hookup Diagrams 108 Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P; DIN 40050 (IP69K) 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 412. Temperature: -40° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max., double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation) R Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) More information online at bannerengineering.com NPN Models: DC05 (p. 521) PNP Models: DC06 (p. 521) Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE Q25 AC Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 20 to 250V ac (50/60 Hz. COMPACT Average current: 20 mA Peak current: 200 mA at 20V ac, 500 mA at 120V ac, 750 mA at 250V ac Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against transient voltages Solid-state ac switch; three-wire hookup; Choose Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO), depending on Output Configuration model. Light operate: Output conducts when the sensor sees its own (or the emitter’s) modulated light Dark operate: Output conducts when sensor sees dark 300 mA max. (continuous) Fixed-field: derate 5 mA/° C above +50° C Output Rating Inrush capability: 1 amp for 20 milliseconds, non-repetitive Off-state leakage current: less than 100 mA On-state voltage drop: 3V at 300 mA ac; 2V at 15 mA ac MIDSIZE Output Protection Circuitry Protected against false pulse on power-up Opposed: 16 milliseconds ON, 8 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 16 milliseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up Repeatability Opposed: 2 milliseconds; Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 4 milliseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. Indicators Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green ON steady: power ON Yellow ON steady: light sensed Yellow flashing: excess gain marginal (1-1.5x) in light condition Construction Environmental Rating Connections Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; one jam nut included. Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications Hookup Diagrams FULLSIZE Output Response Time Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P, DIN 40050 (IP69K) 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Micro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 419. Temperature: -40° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max, double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation) R Cabled Emitters: AC03 (p. 525) QD Emitters: AC07 (p. 526) Other Cabled Models: AC05 (p. 526) Other QD Models: AC06 (p. 526) More information online at bannerengineering.com 109 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE& COLOR lUMINESCENCE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS 110 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE Midsize Sensors page 112 page 121 Q40 page 133 • EZ-BEAM® technology for reliable sensing without adjustments • 30 mm plastic threaded barrel sensor in opposed, retroreflective and fixed-field modes • Completely epoxy encapsulated • Models for ac or dc power • Rectangular 40 mm plastic housing with 30 mm threaded mounting base in opposed, retroreflective and fixed-field modes • Models for ac or dc power • Completely epoxy encapsulated • Specially designed EZ-BEAM® style optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments SM30/SMI30 page 125 PicoDot® page 137 • Economical, easy-to-use opposed mode barrel sensors • Models certified as intrinsically safe for use in hazardous atmospheres • Quad-ring sealed lens to eliminate capillary leakage • Very high excess gain; 200 m sensing range • Convergent and retroreflective mode laser sensors for accurate position detection, inspection or counting • Convergent models with precise 0.25 mm focus point beam width • Retroreflective models for sensing small objects at close range or larger objects to 10.6 m T30 page 129 QM42/QMT42 page 140 • Right-angle T-style housing with 30 mm threaded lens • Completely epoxy encapsulated • Models for ac or dc power and bus network compatible connection • Specially designed EZ-BEAM® style optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments FULLSIZE S30 MIDSIZE • Universal housing offers 30 mm threaded lens or side mount. • Opposed, retroreflective, diffuse, fixed-field and adjustable-field modes are available. • High-power opposed sensing is available with some models. • Popular supply options include dc or ac/dc universal power. • Expert™ models offer push-button TEACH-mode setup. • New models to detect water, or liquids that contain water. • Cable choice is 2 m integral or Euro-style quick-disconnect. • Two bright LED indicators are visible from 360 degrees. COMPACT WORLD-BEAM® QS30 • Rugged low-cost dc sensor in die-cast housing • Outstanding immunity to noise • Opposed, retroreflective, diffuse, fixed-field, adjustable-field and plastic fiber models More information online at bannerengineering.com 111 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE& COLOR lUMINESCENCE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS WORLD-BEAM® QS30 Series Universal Sensors • Features compact universal housing with 30 mm threaded lens or side mounts • Available with Class 1 visible laser in diffuse and retroreflective models, and Class 2 in diffuse models, and high-power infrared in opposed mode and adjustable-field background suppression • Offers easy push-button Expert™ configuration in laser, adjustable-field and visible red diffuse models • Available in models for detecting water • Features easy-to-read operating status indicators • Provides bipolar discrete NPN or PNP outputs Two bright LED indicators visible from 360˚ Push-button programming Popular 30 mm threaded lens or side mount OPPOSED WATER DETECTION QS30 QS30 Expert™ QS30 Laser QS30 Background Suppression QS30 Universal Voltage OPPOSED RETRO P POLAR RETRO P Choice of 2 m integral or 5-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect cable page 113 116 116 116 119 LASER POLAR RETRO DIFFUSE DIFFUSE LASER FIXED-FIELD ADJUSTABLE-FIELD BRACKETS PAGE 371 QD CABLES 5-Pin Euro PAGE 414 REFLECTORS PAGE 425 APERTURES QS30 QS30 Expert™ • Large bright output state indicator • Power and signal indicators visible from 360° • Precise fixed-field background suppression • High-power opposed and water detecting models • Configurable for LO/DO through hookup • Visible red LED or laser for easy alignment • Adjustable-field, visible red diffuse and laser models • Push-button configuration • 8-segment LED display for easy setup QS30 Laser Diffuse and Retroreflective QS30 Background Suppression QS30 Universal Voltage • High-performance sensing with visible Class 1 and Class 2 lasers • 8-segment LED display for easy setup • Convenient push-button TEACH for fine tuning • Push-button SET adjustable- • Universal voltage for field background suppression use anywhere regardless of • Fixed-field model sensing range of 200, 400 or 600 mm supply voltage • Operation from • Accurate and reliable even 12 to 250V dc or with low reflectivity targets 24 to 250V ac • Convenient SPDT electromechanical relay to switch up to 5 A PAGE 444 112 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS WORLD-BEAM® QS30 DC Sensors 22.0 mm MINIATURE Popular 30 mm threaded lens or side mount Detailed Dimensions 35.0 mm Two bright LED indicators visible from 360° 22.0 mm 43.0 mm COMPACT 44 mm Extra-large Output indicator on some models 44 mm IP67 or IP69K environmental rating, depending on model Choice of 2 or 9 m integral, or 5-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect cable MIDSIZE Opposed High-Power Models Suffix EX and RX 22.0 mm 51.5 mm E• YL PIGTAIL • P UR QPMA -S •C A BL Opposed, Retroreflective, Diffuse and Fixed-field Models Suffix E, R, LP, LV, D and FF E EURO FULLSIZE T 44 mm CA LL FACTORY Opposed Water Detector Models Suffix H2O WORLD-BEAM® QS30, 10-30V dc Model Sensing Mode/LED* Range Download PDF Cable** QS30E Emitter 2m QS30EQ Emitter 5-pin Euro QD QS30R 60 m OPPOSED QS30RQ 5-pin Euro QD QS30EX Emitter QS30EXQ Emitter 2m 5-pin Euro QD HIGH-POWERED QS30ARX 213 m QS30ARXQ QS30RRX 2m 2m 5-pin Euro QD OPPOSED 2m QS30RRXQ 5-pin Euro QD QS30EXH2O 2m QS30EXH2OQ5 QS30ARXH2O QS30ARXH2OQ5 QS30RRXH2O QS30RRXH2OQ5 4m OPPOSED WATER DETECTION Output Type Bipolar NPN/PNP Bipolar NPN/PNP LO Bipolar NPN/PNP DO 2m Bipolar NPN/PNP LO 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD Data Sheet EGCO-22 (p. 469) BPO-22 (p. 493) 119165 EGCO-23 (p. 469) BPO-23 (p. 493) 115011 EGCO-25 (p. 469) BPO-25 (p. 493) 136166 — — 2m Beam Pattern — 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD Excess Gain Bipolar NPN/PNP DO More on next page Visible Red LED Infrared LED * ** For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS30EX W/30). A QD model requires a mating cable (see page 414). More information online at bannerengineering.com 113 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE& COLOR lUMINESCENCE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS WORLD-BEAM® QS30, 10-30V dc (cont’d) Model Sensing Mode/LED* Range Cable** QS30ARH2O 2m QS30ARH2OQ5 QS30RRH2O 2m OPPOSED WATER DETECTION QS30RRH2OQ5 QS30LV RETRO QS30LP Bipolar NPN/PNP LO Bipolar NPN/PNP DO 8 m† POLAR RETRO 1m QS30DQ 5-pin Euro QD 2m P QS30D QS30FF200 QS30FF200Q QS30FF400 QS30FF400Q QS30FF600 QS30FF600Q Output Type 2m 12 m† QS30LVQ QS30LPQ 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD QD Download PDF DIFFUSE 200 mm Cutoff 400 mm Cutoff FIXED-FIELD 600 mm Cutoff 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD Bipolar NPN/PNP 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD Excess Gain Beam Pattern Data Sheet EGCO-25 (p. 469) BPO-25 (p. 493) 136166 EGCR-32 (p. 472) BPR-31 (p. 496) 119165 EGCR-33 (p. 473) BPR-32 (p. 496) 119165 EGCD-34 (p. 477) BPD-34 (p. 500) 119165 EGCF-21 (p. 483) — EGCF-22 (p. 483) — EGCF-23 (p. 483) — 119165 Visible Red LED Infrared LED * ** For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS30FF200 W/30). A QD model requires a mating cable (see page 414). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-84 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories for more information. WORLD-BEAM® QS30 DC Specifications Supply Voltage Emitters (High-Powered): 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 70 mA Receivers (High-Powered and water): 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 22 mA Receivers (Water): 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 50 mA (exclusive of load) All others: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at 45 mA, (exclusive of load) Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against reverse polarity, over voltage, and transient voltages Delay at Power-Up 100 milliseconds; outputs do not conduct during this time (except Opposed High-Powered) Output Configuration Bipolar: One PNP (current sourcing) and one NPN (current sinking); light operate (LO) or dark operate (DO) selectable or configurable (depending on model). Opposed (High-Power): 100 mA max. load OFF-state leakage current: less than 200 µA ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1.5V at 100 mA; less than 900 mV at 10 mA Output Rating All others: 100 mA max. each output at 25° C OFF-state leakage current: NPN: less than 200 µA @ 30V dc PNP: less than 10 µA ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: less than 1.6V @ 100 mA PNP: less than 2.0V @ 100 mA Output Protection Protected against output short-circuit, continuous overload, transient over-voltages, and false pulse on power-up More on next page 114 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Output Response Time Adjustments Opposed: 5 milliseconds ON/OFF Opposed (High-Power): 30 milliseconds ON/OFF Opposed (Water): less than 1 millisecond Fixed-field: 2 milliseconds ON/OFF All others: 2 milliseconds ON/OFF Opposed: not applicable Opposed (High-Power): 5 milliseconds Fixed-field models: 500 microseconds All others: 500 microseconds Opposed (High-Power and Water): Light Operate/Dark Operate–dependent on model selected Frequency via gray wire: A: Gray (+) B: Gray (-) Emitter only: LED inhibit, via white wire White (-) turns emitter LED OFF (to allow verification of sensor operation) COMPACT Repeatability MINIATURE WORLD-BEAM® QS30 DC Specifications (cont’d) MIDSIZE Opposed, Retroreflective, and Polarized Retroreflective: Selectable Light/Dark Operate is achieved via the gray wire. Light Operate - Low (0 to 3V)* Dark Operate - High (open or 5 to 30V)* FULLSIZE Diffuse and Fixed-field: Light Operate - High (open or 5 to 30V)* Dark Operate - Low (0 to 3V)* Diffuse, Retroreflective, and Polarized Retroreflective (only): Single-turn sensitivity (Gain) adjustment potentiometer Indicators * Input impedance 10 kΩ Opposed (High-Power)*: 4-LED Signal Strength light bar Green LED: Power ON Frequency indicator: (A or B) Receiver only: Yellow LED: Output conducting All others (except emitters): Large, oval LED indicator on sensor back Yellow ON steady: Output conducting 2 indicators on top Green ON Steady: Power ON Green Flashing: Output overloaded (except receivers) Yellow ON steady: Light sensed Yellow Flashing: Marginal excess gain (1.0 to 1.5x excess gain) *See data sheets for more detailed information Construction PC/ABS blend plastic housing; acrylic lens cover Environmental Rating Opposed (High-Power): Cabled: IP67; NEMA 6P QD: IP69K; DIN 40050-9 Opposed (Water): IEC IP67 (nema 6) and 1200 PSI washdown NEMA ICS 5, Annex F-2002 All others: IP67; NEMA 6 5-conductor 2 or 9 m PVC cable, or 5-pin integral Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 414. Connections Operating Conditions Opposed (High-Power and Water): -20° to +60° C All others: -20° to +70° C Vibration and Mechanical Shock All models (except Opposed High-Power) meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration: 10 to 60Hz max. double amplitude 0.06", max. acceleration 10G). Also meets IEC 947-5-2 requirements: 30G, 11 milliseconds duration, half sine wave. Relative humidity: 95% (non-condensing) Relative humidity: 95% (non-condensing) Certifications Hookup Diagrams High-Powered and Water models: Emitters: DC09 (p. 522) All other models: Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) More information online at Receivers: DC10 (p. 522) Bipolar NPN/PNP: DC08 (p. 521) bannerengineering.com 115 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com WORLD-BEAM® QS30 Expert™ Sensors Popular 30 mm lens or side mount Detailed Dimensions 22.0 mm 35.0 mm Two bright LED indicators visible from 360° 8-segment LED display for easy setup Simple push-button programming 44 mm Choice of 2 or 9 m integral, or 5-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect cable High-performance sensor with red laser or LED Laser polarized retroreflective models with high gain or high sensitivity FULLSIZE MIDSIZE& COLOR lUMINESCENCE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS Laser Retroreflective, LED Diffuse, Laser Diffuse and Adjustable-field Models Suffix LLP, LLPC, EDV, LD, LDL, and AF WORLD-BEAM® QS30 Expert™, 10-30V dc Model Sensing Mode/LED* Laser Class Range Cable** QS30LLP P QS30LLPC QS30LLPCQ LASER POLAR RETRO Class 1 QS30EDV QS30LD QS30LDQ QS30LDL QS30LDLQ Excess Gain EGCR-34 & EGCR-35 (p. 473) 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD — High-Speed: 1100 mm Normal: 1400 mm Class 1 400 mm DIFFUSE DIFFUSE LASER 0.2-18 m † Class 2 800 mm QS30AF QS30AFQ Output Type Beam Data Pattern Sheet 2m QS30LLPQ QS30EDVQ Download PDF 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m — 50-300 mm Cutoff ADJUSTABLE-FIELD 5-pin Euro QD Bipolar NPN/PNP — EGCD-37 (p. 477) BPD-37 (p. 500) EGCD-35 (p. 477) BPD-35 (p. 500) EGCD-36 (p. 477) BPD-36 (p. 500) ECGA-4 (p. 481) Cutoff Point Deviation CPDC-4 & CPDC-5 (p. 517) — 112355 127755 109027 111384 Visible Red LED Visible Red Laser * ** For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS30LLP W/30). A QD model requires a mating cable (see page 414). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-36X40BM retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. BRT-TVHG-2X2 and BRT-36X40BM are included. See Accessories for more information. 116 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Supply Voltage and Current Sensing Beam Protected against reverse polarity, over voltage and transient voltages Output Rating Adjustable-field LED and Diffuse LED: 150 mA max. load (derate ~ 1 mA/° C above 25° C) OFF-state leakage current: less than 50 µA @ 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: less than 200 mV @ 10 mA; less than 1V @ 150 mA PNP: less than 1.25V @ 10 mA; less than 2V @ 150 mA Diffuse Laser and Retroreflective Laser: 150 mA max. load OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 µA at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: less than 1.0V @ 150 mA load PNP: less than 2.0V @ 150 mA load Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Protected against output short-circuit, continuous overload, transient over-voltages and false pulse on power-up Delay at Power-up Adjustable-field LED and Diffuse LED: 250 milliseconds; outputs do not conduct during this time. Diffuse Laser and Retroreflective Laser: 1 second max.; outputs do not conduct during this time. Adjustable-field LED: 170 microseconds Diffuse LED: High-speed mode: 100 microseconds Normal mode: 150 microseconds Diffuse Laser and Retroreflective Laser: 75 microseconds See chart HC-1 on page 512. 2 push buttons and remote wire • Push-button SET programming; manually adjust (+/-) cutoff (Adjustable-field LED and Retroreflective Laser models) • Expert™ TEACH programming (two-point static, dynamic and single-point static) for Diffuse Laser and Diffuse LED models • Manually adjust (+/-) cutoff (push buttons only) • NO/NC or LO/DO and OFF-delay configuration options (push buttons only) • Push-button lockout (from remote wire only) 8-segment Red bargraph*: distance relative to cutoff point 2 LED indicators on top: Green and Yellow Green: Power ON Yellow: Output conducting * See data sheets for more detailed information. Hysteresis Adjustments Indicators Bipolar: One NPN (current sinking) and one PNP (current sourcing); light operate (LO) or dark operate (DO) configurable FULLSIZE Repeatability MIDSIZE Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration COMPACT Beam size at Aperture Adjustable-field LED:10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 45 mA, exclusive of load Diffuse LED: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 25 mA, exclusive of load Diffuse Laser and Retroreflective Laser: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple @ 10% duty cycle) @ 35 mA max current, exclusive of load LED models: 660 nm visible Red Laser models: Class 1: 650 nm visible Red Class 2: 658 nm visible Red Diffuse Laser: Approx. 2 mm Retroreflective Laser: Approx. 3 mm MINIATURE WORLD-BEAM® QS30 Expert™ Specifications Adjustable-field LED: 1 millisecond Diffuse LED: High-speed mode: 300 microseconds Normal mode: 1.8 milliseconds Diffuse Laser and Retroreflective Laser: 500 microseconds Construction PC/ABS housing with acrylic lens cover Environmental Rating IP67; NEMA 6 More on next page More information online at bannerengineering.com 117 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com WORLD-BEAM® QS30 Expert™ Specifications (cont’d) Connections 5-conductor 2 m or 9 m attached PVC cable, or 5-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 414. Operating Conditions Adjustable-field LED and Diffuse LED: Temperature: -10° to +55° C Relative humidity: 95% @ 55° C (non-condensing) Diffuse Laser and Retroreflective Laser: Temperature: -10° to +50° C Relative humidity: 95% @ 50° C (non-condensing) Vibration and Mechanical Shock All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz max., double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Also meets IEC 947-5-2 requirements: 30G, 11 milliseconds duration, half-sine wave. MIDSIZE& COLOR lUMINESCENCE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS Certification DC08: (p.521) FULLSIZE Hookup Diagrams Class 1 Lasers Lasers that are safe under reasonably foreseeable conditions of operation, including the use of optical instruments for intrabeam viewing. Reference 60825-1 Amend. 2 © IEC:2001(E), section 8.2. For safe laser use: • Do not permit a person to stare at the laser from within the beam. • Do not point the laser at a person’s eye at close range. • Locate open laser beam paths either above or below eye level, where practical. 118 More information online at bannerengineering.com Class 2 Lasers Lasers that emit visible radiation in the wavelength range from 400 to 700 nm where eye protection is normally afforded by aversion responses, including the blink reflex. This reaction may be expected to provide adequate protection under reasonably foreseeable conditions of operation, including the use of optical instruments for intrabeam viewing. Reference 60825-1 Amend. 2 © IEC:2001(E), section 8.2. For safe laser use: • Do not permit a person to stare at the laser from within the beam. • Do not point the laser at a person’s eye at close range. • Locate open laser beam paths either above or below eye level, where practical. Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Popular 30 mm threaded lens or side mount Two bright LED indicators visible from 360° Detailed Dimensions 51.5 mm MINIATURE WORLD-BEAM® QS30 Universal Voltage Sensors Extra-large Output indicator on some models COMPACT IP67 environmental rating SPDT e/m relay output E• YL PIGTAIL • P UR A BL E EURO -S •C QPMA MIDSIZE T 44 mm CA LL FACTORY Opposed, Retroreflective and Fixed-field Models Suffix R, E, LP and FF FULLSIZE 22 mm WORLD-BEAM® QS30 Universal Voltage, 12-250V dc or 24-250V ac Model Sensing Mode/LED* Range QS303E Emitter Cable** Output Type 2m — 60 m QS30VR3R QS30VR3LP OPPOSED P Download PDF Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-24 (p. 469) BPO-24 (p. 493) EGCR-36 (p. 473) BPR-33 (p. 497) Data Sheet 2m 8 m† 2m POLAR RETRO 119166 QS30VR3FF200 200 mm Cutoff 2m QS30VR3FF400 400 mm Cutoff 600 mm Cutoff SPDT e/m Relay EGCF-24 (p. 483) — 2m EGCF-25 (p. 483) — 2m EGCF-26 (p. 483) — FIXED-FIELD QS30VR3FF600 * Infrared LED Visible Red LED ** Connection Options: Cabled models: For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS303E W/30). QD models: Available with modified specification, contact factory at 1-888-373-6767. † Retroreflective range is specified using model BRT-84 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories for more information. More information online at bannerengineering.com 119 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com WORLD-BEAM® QS30 Universal Voltage Specifications Supply Voltage 24 to 250V ac, 50/60 Hz or 12 to 250V dc (1.0 watt max.) Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Protected against transient voltages Output Rating Max. Switching Power (resistive load): 150 W, 1250 VA Max. Switching Voltage (resistive load): 250V ac; 125V dc Max. Switching Current (resistive load): 5 A @ 250V ac; 5 A @ 30V dc derated to 200 mA @ 125V dc Min. Voltage and Current: 5V dc, 10 mA Mechanical life of relay: 50 million operations Electrical life of relay at full resistive load: 100,000 operations Output Response 15 milliseconds ON/OFF Delay at Power-Up 100 millisecond delay; output does not conduct during this time. Indicators 2 LED indicators on sensor top: Green ON steady: Power ON Yellow ON steady: Light sensed Yellow flashing: Marginal excess gain (1.0 to 1.5X excess gain) FULLSIZE MIDSIZE& COLOR lUMINESCENCE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS SPDT (Single-Pole Double-Throw) electromechanical relay output (all models except emitters) Large, oval LED indicator on sensor back (except emitters): Yellow ON steady: Output conducting Construction ABS housing; Acrylic lens cover Environmental Rating IEC IP67; NEMA 6 Connections 2 m or 9 m 5-wire PVC cable Operating Conditions Temperature: -20° to +70° C Relative humidity: 95% @ 50° C (non-condensing) Emitters: UN02 (p. 528) All other models: UN01 (p. 528) Certifications Hookup Diagrams 120 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE S30 Features EZ-BEAM® technology, with specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments Available in 30 mm plastic threaded barrel sensor in opposed, retroreflective and fixed-field modes Completely epoxy-encapsulated to provide superior durability, even in harsh environments Uses innovative dual-indicator system to take the guesswork out of monitoring sensor performance Available in models for ac or dc power Includes advanced diagnostics to warn of marginal sensing conditions or output overload (dc models) page 122 AC Models 123 FULLSIZE DC Models MIDSIZE • • • • • • COMPACT 30 mm Threaded-Barrel Sensors OPPOSED P POLAR RETRO FIXED-FIELD BRACKETS S30 DC Sensors Detailed Dimensions Dual-LED multi-function indicators PAGE 371 QD CABLES 4-Pin Euro + 4-Pin Micro Popular 30 mm threaded barrel PAGE 412 & 419 REFLECTORS 10 to 30V dc with NPN or PNP outputs PAGE 425 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or Euro-style quick-disconnect ø 30 mm 68.7 mm Opposed, Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field Models Suffix E, R, LP and FF More information online at bannerengineering.com 121 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE& COLOR lUMINESCENCE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS S30, 10-30V dc Models S306E Emitter S306EQ Emitter S30SN6R S30SN6RQ S30SP6R S30SP6RQ S30SN6LP S30SN6LPQ S30SP6LP S30SP6LPQ S30SN6FF200 S30SN6FF200Q S30SP6FF200 S30SP6FF200Q S30SN6FF400 S30SN6FF400Q S30SP6FF400 S30SP6FF400Q S30SN6FF600 S30SN6FF600Q S30SP6FF600 S30SP6FF600Q Download PDF Sensing Mode/LED* Range 60 m OPPOSED P 6 m† POLAR RETRO 0 - 200 mm Cutoff 0 - 400 mm Cutoff FIXED-FIELD 0 - 600 mm Cutoff Cable** 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-26 (p. 469) BPO-26 (p. 493) EGCR-37 (p. 473) BPR-34 (p. 497) EGCF-27 (p. 483) — EGCF-28 (p. 483) — EGCF-29 (p. 483) — Data Sheet – NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP 121520 * Infrared LED Visible Red LED ** For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, S30SP6LP W/30). A QD model requires a mating cable (see page 412). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories for more information. S30 DC Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); Supply current (exclusive of load current): Opposed Emitters: 25 mA Opposed Receivers: 20 mA Polarized Retroreflective: 30 mA Fixed-field: 35 mA Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state complementary; choose NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing) models. The Dark Operate (DO) output may be wired as a normally open marginal signal alarm output, depending upon hookup to the power supply. 150 mA max. (each) in standard hookup; When wired for alarm output, the total load may not exceed 150 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 µA at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V at 10 mA dc; less than 1.5V at 150 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Opposed: 3 milliseconds ON; 1.5 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 3 milliseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up; outputs are non-conducting during this time Opposed: 375 microseconds Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 750 microseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green ON steady: power ON Green flashing: output overloaded Yellow ON steady: Light Operate (LO) energized Yellow flashing: excess gain marginal (1-1.5x) in light condition, LO energized Output Configuration Output Rating Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Repeatability Indicators Construction 122 Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; two jam nuts included. More information online at bannerengineering.com More on next page Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE S30 DC Specifications (cont’d) Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P; DIN 40050 (IP69K) Connections 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 412. Temperature: -40° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max., double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation) Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock COMPACT Environmental Rating Certifications R Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) NPN Models: DC05 (p. 521) MIDSIZE Hookup Diagrams PNP Models: DC06 (p. 521) Dual-LED multi-function indicators Detailed Dimensions 80.7 mm FULLSIZE S30 AC Sensors Popular 30 mm threaded barrel 20 to 250V ac with solid-state outputs 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or Micro-style quick-disconnect ø 30 mm Opposed, Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field Models Suffix E, R, LP and FF S30, 20-250V ac Models Sensing Mode/LED* Download PDF Range S303E Emitter 2m S303EQ1 Emitter 4-Pin Micro QD S30AW3R 60 m S30AW3RQ1 S30RW3R OPPOSED S30RW3LPQ1 4-Pin Micro QD 4-Pin Micro QD S30AW3LP S30RW3LP 2m 2m S30RW3RQ1 S30AW3LPQ1 Output Type Cable** 2m P POLAR RETRO 6m † 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-26 (p. 469) BPO-26 (p. 493) Data Sheet – LO DO LO DO 121519 EGCR-37 (p. 473) Infrared LED Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, S30AW3LP W/30). A QD model requires a mating cable (see page 419). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories for more information. More information online at BPR-34 (p. 497) More on next page bannerengineering.com 123 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE& COLOR lUMINESCENCE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS S30, 20-250V ac (cont’d) Models S30AW3FF200 S30AW3FF200Q1 S30RW3FF200 S30RW3FF200Q1 S30AW3FF400 S30AW3FF400Q1 S30RW3FF400 S30RW3FF400Q1 S30AW3FF600 S30AW3FF600Q1 S30RW3FF600 S30RW3FF600Q1 Sensing Mode/LED* Download PDF Range 0 - 200 mm Cutoff 0 - 400 mm Cutoff FIXED-FIELD 0 - 600 mm Cutoff Cable** Output Type 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD LO DO LO DO LO DO Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCF-27 (p. 483) — EGCF-28 (p. 483) — EGCF-29 (p. 483) — Data Sheet 121519 Infrared LED * ** For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, S30AW3FF200 W/30). A QD model requires a mating cable (see page 419). S30 AC Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 20 to 250V ac (50/60 Hz). Average current: 20 mA Peak current: 200 mA at 20V ac, 500 mA at 120V ac, 750 mA at 250V ac Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against transient voltages Output Configuration Solid-state ac switch; three-wire hookup; choose light operate (LO) or dark operate (DO) models; Light operate: Output conducts when the sensor sees its own (or the emitter’s) modulated light Dark operate: Output conducts when sensor sees dark Output Rating 300 mA max. (continuous) Fixed-field: derate 5 mA/° C above +50° C Inrush capability: 1 amp for 20 milliseconds, non-repetitive OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 µA ON-state voltage drop: 3V at 300 mA ac; 2V at 15 mA ac Output Protection Circuitry Protected against false pulse on power-up Output Response Time Opposed: 16 milliseconds ON; 8 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 16 milliseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up Repeatability Opposed: 2 milliseconds Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 4 milliseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. Indicators Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green ON steady: power ON Yellow steady: light sensed Yellow flashing: excess gain marginal (1-1.5x) in light condition Construction Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; two jam nuts included Environmental Rating Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P; DIN 40050 (IP69K) 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Micro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 419. Temperature: -40° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max, double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation) Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications R Hookup Diagrams 124 Cabled Emitters: AC03 (p. 525) QD Emitters: AC07 (p. 526) More information online at bannerengineering.com Cabled Models: AC05 (p. 526) QD Models: AC06 (p. 526) Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE SM30 and SMI30 COMPACT High-Power, Opposed-Mode Barrel Sensors • F eatures EZ-BEAM® technology, with specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments MIDSIZE • Operates in opposed mode with very high excess gain • Available in models for either ac or dc operation (standard SM30 Series) FULLSIZE • Certified as intrinsically safe for use in hazardous atmospheres (SMI30 Series) • Uses positive sealing to eliminate even capillary leakage, with quad-ring-sealed lens • Exceeds IEC IP67 (NEMA 6P) ratings; ideal in equipment washdown environments OPPOSED SM30 page 126 SMI30 Intrinsically Safe BRACKETS 127 PAGE 371 QD CABLES 3-Pin Mini + 4-Pin Mini PAGE 420 APERTURES SM30 Sensors PAGE 443 Detailed Dimensions LED alignment indicator visible from side and through lens 102 mm Popular 30 mm threaded barrel Metal or plastic housing 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or Mini-style quick-disconnect fitting Opposed Models—All Frequencies Suffix E and R (Metal Housing Shown) ø 30 mm More information online at bannerengineering.com 125 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE& COLOR lUMINESCENCE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS SM30 Emitters, 10-30V dc or 12-240V ac, Frequency A† Models SMA30PEL SMA30PELQD SMA30SEL SMA30SELQD Sensing Mode/LED* Housing Range Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern Data Sheet N/A EGCO-27 (p. 469) BPO-27 (p. 493) 03541 2m Plastic OPPOSED Cable** Download PDF Stainless Steel 200 m 3-Pin Mini QD 2m 3-Pin Mini QD SM30 Receivers, 10-30V dc, Frequency A† Models SM30PRL SM30PRLQD SM30SRL SM30SRLQD Sensing Mode/LED* Housing Range Cable** 2m Plastic OPPOSED Download PDF Stainless Steel 200 m 4-Pin Mini QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern Data Sheet Bi-Modal™ EGCO-27 NPN or (p. 469) PNP BPO-27 (p. 493) 03541 SM30 Receivers, 24-240V ac, Frequency A† Models Sensing Mode/LED* Housing Range SM2A30PRL SM2A30SRL 2m 200 m SM2A30PRLNC SM2A30PRLNCQD 3-Pin Mini QD Stainless Steel SM2A30SRLQD OPPOSED SM2A30SRLNC SM2A30SRLNCQD Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern Data Sheet EGCO-27 (p. 469) BPO-27 (p. 493) 03541 2m Plastic SM2A30PRLQD Cable** Download PDF Plastic Stainless Steel LO 3-Pin Mini QD 2m 3-Pin Mini QD 2m DO 3-Pin Mini QD Infrared LED * ** For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SM30PRL W/30). A QD model requires a mating cable (see page 420). † Modulation frequency “A” is standard; frequencies “B” and “C” are also available to minimize optical crosstalk potential between adjacent pairs and are specified by adding “B” or “C” at the end of the standard model number (example, SM30PRLB or SM30PRLC). SM30 Specifications Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 126 Emitters: 12 to 240V ac (50/60 Hz) or 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at 20 mA DC Receivers: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at 10 mA max, exclusive of load AC Receivers: 24 to 240V ac (50/60 Hz) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages DC Receivers: Bi-Modal™ output (PNP sourcing or NPN sinking). Selection of sourcing or sinking configuration depends upon receiver’s power supply hookup polarity. Once wired, the unit performs as a solid-state switch. AC Receivers: Solid-state switch offer light operate (LO) or dark operate (DO) by model More information online at bannerengineering.com More on next page Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE SM30 Specifications (cont’d) Repeatability Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions FULLSIZE Indicators 10 milliseconds ON/OFF “A” frequency units: 1 millisecond “B” frequency units: 1.5 milliseconds “C” frequency units: 2.3 milliseconds Internal Red LED, visible through the lens or from side of the sensor. Emitters: Red “Power ON” indicator LED DC Receivers: Lights whenever receiver sees its modulated light source AC Receivers: Lights whenever receiver’s output is conducting Fully epoxy-encapsulated tubular threaded housing, positive sealed at both ends, quad-ring sealed acrylic lens. Plastic models: 30 mm diameter thermoplastic polyester housing and jam nuts Stainless Steel models: 30 mm diameter 303 stainless steel housing and jam nuts MIDSIZE Output Response Time COMPACT DC Receivers: 250 mA continuous Output Rating Output saturation voltage: (PNP & NPN configuration) less than 1 volt at 10 mA; less than 2 volts at 250 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 µA AC Receivers: Max. steady-state load capability is 500 mA Inrush capability: 10 amps for 1 second (non-repeating) OFF-state leakage: current less than 1.7 mA rms ON-state voltage drop: less than 3.5 volts rms across a 500 mA load; less than 5 volts rms across a 15 mA load Output Protection Circuitry Outputs of dc receivers are short circuit protected Exceeds NEMA 6P; IEC IP67 standards PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m cables or Mini-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting are available. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 420. Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Temperature: -40° to +70° C Certifications Hookup Diagrams Cabled Emitters: UN06 (p. 529) AC Cabled Receivers: AC10 (p. 527) DC Receivers: DC18 (p. 524) QD Emitters: AC04 (p. 525) AC QD Receivers: AC11 (p. 527) SMI30 Intrinsically Safe DC Sensors Extremely rugged and powerful opposed-mode intrinsically safe barrel sensors are designed for the most demanding hazardous area sensing applications. Detailed Dimensions Sensor is certified as intrinsically safe for use in all hazardous atmospheres as defined by Article 500 of the National Electrical Code, when used with approved “positive input” intrinsic safety barriers. 102 mm Sensor is certified by Factory Mutual and CSA as non-incendive devices when used in Division 2 locations (except Groups E and F) without intrinsic safety barriers. 10 millisecond sensor pairs have a 140 m range; 1 millisecond pairs have a 60 m range. Use each sensor pair with model CI3RC2 current trip point amplifier and dual-channel intrinsic safety barrier for a complete intrinsically safe sensing system (components available as a kit). More information online at ø 30 mm bannerengineering.com 127 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS SMI30, 10-30V dc, Frequency A† Models Sensing Mode/LED* Cable** SMI306EQ SMI30AN6RQ COMPACT SLOT & LABEL Range 140 m SMI30RN6RQ 3-Pin Mini QD SMI306EYQ SMI30AN6RYQ OPPOSED 60 m FULLSIZE MIDSIZE& COLOR lUMINESCENCE SMI30RN6RYQ Download PDF Output Type — NPN/LO NPN/DO — NPN/LO NPN/DO Response Time Excess Gain 10 ms Frequency: A: EGCO-28 B: EGCO-29 C: EGCO-30 (p. 469 ) 1 ms Beam Pattern Data Sheet BPO-28 (p. 493) 35331 BPO-29 (p. 493) Infrared LED * ** A model with a QD requires a special Mini-style mating cable (see page 420). † Modulation frequency “A” is standard; frequencies “B” and “C” are also available to minimize optical crosstalk potential between adjacent pairs and are specified by adding “B” or “C” in the standard model number (example, SMI306EBQ or SMI306ECQ). Intrinsic Safety Kits for Use with SMI30 Intrinsically Safe Sensors Model CI2BK-1 CI2BK-2 CI3RC2 CIB-1 CI2B-1 Description Includes a CI3RC2 current amplifier, one RS-11 socket, one DIN-rail mount and one single-channel instrinsically safe barrier Includes a CI3RC2 current amplifier, one RS-11 socket, one DIN-rail mount and one dual-channel instrinsically safe barrier Current trip point amplifier Single channel intrinsic safety barrier Dual channel intrinsic safety barrier SMI30 Specifications Supply Protection Circuitry Emitters: 10 to 30V dc at 25 mA Receivers: 10 to 30V dc at 15 mA max. Division 1 use, with barriers, requires minimum system supply voltage of 10V. Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Output Configuration Receivers: Current sinking NPN open-collector transistor Output Rating Three-wire hookup sinks 15 mA max. continuous, 10 to 30V dc. Two-wire hookup sinks ≤10 mA Output Protection Circuitry Outputs are short circuit protected Output Response Time 10 milliseconds or 1 millisecond ON/OFF, depending on models; independent of signal strength “A” frequency units: 10 millisecond receiver is 1 milliseconds and 1 millisecond receiver is 360 microseconds “B” frequency units: 1.6 milliseconds “C” frequency units: 10 millisecond receiver is 2.3 milliseconds and 1 millisecond receiver is 210 microseconds Repeatability is independent of signal strength Internal Red LED lights whenever the receiver sees the emitter’s modulated light source. Emitters have Red “power on” indicator LED. All indicators are visible through the lens or from side of the sensor. 30 mm diameter tubular threaded thermoplastic polyester housing, fully epoxy-encapsulated, positive sealing at both ends, quad-ring sealed acrylic lens. Two thermoplastic polyester jam nuts provided. IP67; NEMA 6P 3-wire Mini-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting. Use cable models SMICC-3xx (p. 420). Cable electric properties: 40 pf/ft; 20 µH/ft. Order cable separately from sensor. Temperature: -40° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Supply Voltage and Current Repeatability Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Certifications Hookup Diagrams 128 See data sheet (p/n 35331) for detailed Hookup Diagrams. More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE T30 30 mm Threaded Nose Right-Angle Sensors COMPACT • Features EZ-BEAM® technology, with specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments • Features T-style plastic housing with 30 mm threaded lens in opposed, retroreflective and fixed-field modes MIDSIZE • Completely epoxy-encapsulated to provide superior durability, even in harsh sensing environments • Uses an innovative dual-indicator system to take the guesswork out of monitoring sensor performance FULLSIZE • Available in models for ac or dc power • Includes advanced diagnostics to warn of marginal sensing conditions or output overload (dc models) OPPOSED P POLAR RETRO FIXED-FIELD T30 AC and DC Sensor BRACKETS Detailed Dimensions Dual-LED multi-function indicators PAGE 371 QD CABLES 45.0 mm Popular 30 mm threaded lens 4-Pin Euro + 4-Pin Micro PAGE 412 & 419 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or Euro- or Micro-style quick-disconnect REFLECTORS PAGE 425 51.5 mm ø 40.0 mm Opposed, Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field Models Suffix E, R, LP and FF More information online at bannerengineering.com 129 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS T30, 10-30V dc Models Download PDF Sensing Mode/LED* Range T306E Emitter 2m T306EQ Emitter 4-Pin Euro QD T30SN6R 60 m T30SN6RQ MIDSIZE& COLOR lUMINESCENCE 2m 4-Pin Euro QD OPPOSED T30SP6R 2m T30SP6RQ FULLSIZE Cable** 4-Pin Euro QD T30SN6LP T30SN6LPQ T30SP6LP T30SP6LPQ 2m P 4-Pin Euro QD 6 m† 2m POLAR RETRO 4-Pin Euro QD T30SN6FF200 2m T30SN6FF200Q 0 - 200 mm Cutoff T30SP6FF200 4-Pin Euro QD 2m T30SP6FF200Q 4-Pin Euro QD T30SN6FF400 2m T30SN6FF400Q 0 - 400 mm Cutoff T30SP6FF400 T30SP6FF400Q FIXED-FIELD 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD T30SN6FF600 2m T30SN6FF600Q 0 - 600 mm Cutoff T30SP6FF600 T30SP6FF600Q 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-31 (p. 469) BPO-30 (p. 493) EGCR-38 (p. 473) BPR-35 (p. 497) EGCF-30 (p. 483) — EGCF-31 (p. 483) — EGCF-32 (p. 483) — – NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP 121524 T30, 20-250V ac Models T303E Emitter T303EQ1 Emitter T30AW3R T30AW3RQ1 T30RW3R T30RW3RQ1 T30AW3LP T30AW3LPQ1 T30RW3LP T30RW3LPQ1 Data Sheet Download PDF Sensing Mode/LED* Range 60 m OPPOSED P POLAR RETRO 6m † Cable** 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-31 (p. 469) BPO-30 (p. 493) Data Sheet – LO DO LO DO 121523 EGCR-38 (p. 473) BPR-35 (p. 497) More on Infrared LED Visible Red LED * next page ** For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T30SN6LP W/30). A QD model requires a mating cable (see pages 412 and 419). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories for more information. 130 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS T30, 20-250V ac (cont’d) Range 0 - 200 mm Cutoff 0 - 400 mm Cutoff 0 - 600 mm Cutoff LO DO LO DO Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCF-30 (p. 483) — EGCF-31 (p. 483) — EGCF-32 (p. 483) — Data Sheet 121523 LO DO FULLSIZE 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD Output Type MIDSIZE FIXED-FIELD Cable** COMPACT T30AW3FF200 T30AW3FF200Q1 T30RW3FF200 T30RW3FF200Q1 T30AW3FF400 T30AW3FF400Q1 T30RW3FF400 T30RW3FF400Q1 T30AW3FF600 T30AW3FF600Q1 T30RW3FF600 T30RW3FF600Q1 Sensing Mode/LED* MINIATURE Models Download PDF Infrared LED * ** For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T30AW3FF200 W/30). A QD model requires a mating cable (see page 419). T30 DC Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); Supply current (exclusive of load current): Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Repeatability Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Opposed Emitters: 25 mA Opposed Receivers: 20 mA Polarized Retroreflective: 30 mA Fixed-field: 35 mA Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state dc switch; three-wire hookup; choose light operate (LO) or dark operate (DO) models Light operate: Output conducts when the sensor sees its own (or the emitter’s) modulated light Dark operate: Output conducts when sensor sees dark 150 mA max. (each) in standard hookup; When wired for alarm output, the total load may not exceed 150 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 µA at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V at 10 mA dc; less than 1.5V at 150 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Opposed: 3 milliseconds ON; 1.5 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 3 milliseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up; outputs are non-conducting during this time Opposed: 375 microseconds Polarized Retroreflective, Non-polarized Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 750 microseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green ON steady: power ON Green flashing: output overloaded Yellow ON steady: light operate (LO) output energized Yellow flashing: excess gain marginal (1-1.5x) in light condition, LO output energized Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; one jam nut included. Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P; DIN 40050 (IP69K) 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 412. Temperature: -40° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max., double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation) Certifications R Hookup Diagrams Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) NPN Models: DC05 (p. 521) PNP Models: DC06 (p. 521) More information online at bannerengineering.com 131 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE& COLOR lUMINESCENCE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS T30 AC Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 20 to 250V ac (50/60 Hz). Average current: 20 mA Peak current: 200 mA at 20V ac, 500 mA at 120V ac, 750 mA at 250V ac Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against transient voltages Output Configuration Solid-state ac switch; three-wire hookup; choose light operate (LO) or dark operate (DO) models Light operate: Output conducts when the sensor sees its own (or the emitter’s) modulated light Dark operate: Output conducts when sensor sees dark Output Rating 300 mA max. (continuous) Fixed-field: derate 5 mA/° C above +50° C Inrush capability: 1 amp for 20 milliseconds, non-repetitive OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 µA ON-state voltage drop: 3V at 300 mA ac; 2V at 15 mA ac Output Protection Circuitry Protected against false pulse on power-up Output Response Time Opposed: 16 milliseconds ON; 8 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 16 milliseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up Repeatability Indicators Opposed: 2 milliseconds Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 4 milliseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green ON steady: power ON Yellow ON steady: light sensed Yellow flashing: excess gain marginal (1-1.5x) in light condition Construction Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; one jam nut included. Environmental Rating Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P; DIN 40050 (IP69K) Connections 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Micro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 419. Operating Conditions Temperature: -40° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Vibration and Mechanical Shock All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max, double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation) Certifications R Hookup Diagrams 132 Cabled Emitters: AC03 (p. 525) QD Emitters: AC07 (p. 526) More information online at bannerengineering.com Cabled Models: AC05 (p. 526) QD Models: AC06 (p. 526) Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE Q40 COMPACT Right-Angle Rectangular Sensors MIDSIZE • Features EZ-BEAM® technology, with specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments • Features rectangular 40 mm plastic housing with 30 mm threaded mounting base in opposed, retroreflective and fixed-field modes • Completely epoxy-encapsulated to provide superior durability, even in harsh sensing environments rated to IP69K • Uses an innovative dual-indicator system to take the guesswork out of monitoring sensor performance • Available in models for ac or dc power • Uses advanced diagnostics to warn of marginal sensing conditions or output overload (dc models) FULLSIZE OPPOSED P POLAR RETRO FIXED-FIELD Q40 AC and DC Sensors Dual LED multi-function indicators BRACKETS 40.1 mm Detailed Dimensions 46.0 mm PAGE 371 QD CABLES 4-Pin Euro + 4-Pin Micro 30 mm threaded mounting base PAGE 412 & 419 2 or 9 m attached cable, or Euro- or Micro-style quick-disconnect REFLECTORS PAGE 425 Green LED Power indicator 69.8 mm Opposed, Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field Models Suffix E, R, LP and FF More information online at bannerengineering.com 133 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com MIDSIZE& COLOR lUMINESCENCE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS Q40, 10-30V dc Models Sensing Mode/LED* Range 4-Pin Euro QD Q406EQ Emitter Q40SN6R Q40SN6RQ Q40SP6R Cable** 2m Q406E Emitter 60 m OPPOSED 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m Q40SP6RQ 4-Pin Euro QD Q40SN6LP 2m Q40SN6LPQ Q40SP6LP Q40SP6LPQ FULLSIZE Download PDF P 6 m† POLAR RETRO 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m Q40SN6FF200 Q40SN6FF200Q 0 - 200 mm Cutoff Q40SP6FF200 4-Pin Euro QD 2m Q40SP6FF200Q 4-Pin Euro QD Q40SN6FF400 2m Q40SN6FF400Q 0 - 400 mm Cutoff Q40SP6FF400 Q40SP6FF400Q FIXED-FIELD 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m Q40SN6FF600 Q40SN6FF600Q 0 - 600 mm Cutoff Q40SP6FF600 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD Q40SP6FF600Q Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-32 (p. 469) BP0-31 (p. 493) EGCR-39 (p. 473) BPR-36 (p. 497) – NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP 121516 EGCF-33 (p. 484) — EGCF-34 (p. 484) — EGCF-35 (p. 484) — Q40, 20-250V ac Models Q403E Emitter Q403EQ1 Emitter Q40AW3R Q40AW3RQ1 Q40RW3R Q40RW3RQ1 Q40AW3LP Q40AW3LPQ1 Q40RW3LP Q40RW3LPQ1 Sensing Mode/LED* Download PDF Range 60 m OPPOSED P Data Sheet 6m † POLAR RETRO Cable** 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-32 (p. 469) BP0-31 (p. 493) Data Sheet – LO DO LO DO 121515 EGCR-39 (p. 473) BPR-36 (p. 497) More on next page Infrared LED Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q40SN6LP W/30). A QD model requires a mating cable (see pages 412 and 419). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories for more information. 134 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Q40, 20-250V ac (cont’d) Range 0 - 200 mm Cutoff 0 - 400 mm Cutoff 0 - 600 mm Cutoff Output Type 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD LO DO LO DO LO DO Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCF-33 (p. 484) — EGCF-34 (p. 484) — EGCF-35 (p. 484) — Data Sheet 121515 MIDSIZE FIXED-FIELD Cable** COMPACT Q40AW3FF200 Q40AW3FF200Q1 Q40RW3FF200 Q40RW3FF200Q1 Q40AW3FF400 Q40AW3FF400Q1 Q40RW3FF400 Q40RW3FF400Q1 Q40AW3FF600 Q40AW3FF600Q1 Q40RW3FF600 Q40RW3FF600Q1 Sensing Mode/LED* MINIATURE Models Download PDF FULLSIZE Infrared LED * ** For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q40AW3FF200 W/30). A QD model requires a mating cable (see page 419). Q40 DC Specifications Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Repeatability Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); Supply current (exclusive of load current): Opposed Emitters: 25 mA Opposed Receivers: 20 mA Polarized Retroreflective: 30 mA Fixed-field: 35 mA Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state complementary; choose NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing) models. The Dark Operate (DO) output may be wired as a normally open marginal signal alarm output, depending upon hookup to the power supply. 150 mA max. (each) in standard hookup; When wired for alarm output, the total load may not exceed 150 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 µA at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V at 10 mA dc; less than 1.5V at 150 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Opposed: 3 milliseconds ON; 1.5 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 3 milliseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up; outputs are non-conducting during this time Opposed: 375 microseconds Polarized Retroreflective, Non-Polarized Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 750 microseconds. Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green ON steady: power ON Green flashing: output overloaded Yellow ON steady: Light Operate (LO) output energized Yellow flashing: excess gain marginal (1-1.5x) in light condition, LO output energized Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; one jam nut included. Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P; DIN 40050 (IP69K) 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 412. Temperature: -40° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max., double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation) Certifications R Hookup Diagrams Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) NPN Models: DC05 (p. 521) More information online at PNP Models: DC06 (p. 521) bannerengineering.com 135 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE& COLOR lUMINESCENCE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS Q40 AC Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 20 to 250V ac (50/60 Hz) Average current: 20 mA Peak current: 200 mA at 20V ac, 500 mA at 120V ac, 750 mA at 250V ac Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against transient voltages Output Configuration Output Rating Solid-state ac switch; three-wire hookup; choose light operate (LO) or dark operate (DO) models Light operate: Output conducts when the sensor sees its own (or the emitter’s) modulated light Dark operate: Output conducts when sensor sees dark 300 mA max. (continuous) Fixed-field: derate 5 mA/° C above +50° C Inrush capability: 1 amp for 20 milliseconds, non-repetitive OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 µA ON-state voltage drop: 3V at 300 mA ac; 2V at 15 mA ac Output Protection Circuitry Protected against false pulse on power-up Output Response Time Opposed: 16 milliseconds ON; 8 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 16 milliseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up Opposed: 2 milliseconds Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 4 milliseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green ON steady: power ON Yellow ON steady: light sensed Yellow flashing: excess gain marginal (1-1.5x) in light condition Repeatability Indicators Construction Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; one jam nut included. Environmental Rating Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P; DIN 40050 (IP69K) 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Micro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 419. Temperature: -40° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max, double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation) Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications R Hookup Diagrams 136 Cabled Emitters: AC03 (p. 525) QD Emitters: AC07 (p. 526) More information online at bannerengineering.com Cabled Models: AC05 (p. 526) QD Models: AC06 (p. 526) Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE PicoDot® Laser Precision Sensors COMPACT • Convergent mode laser sensor delivers precise position detection, inspection and counting. • Powerful retroreflective models offer long-range retroreflective sensing. • Fixed-field technology in the convergent-mode models ignores objects beyond the maximum sensing distance. MIDSIZE • Convergent models have precise 0.25 mm beam width at the convergent focus point. • Retroreflective models have a precise, narrow beam to sense small objects at close range or larger objects to 10.6 m. FULLSIZE • All models have a gain sensitivity potentiometer for fine tuning sensor performance. • Models are available with compact lightweight housing (PD45 models) or with environmentally sealed housing (PD49 models). P LASER POLAR RETRO LASER CONVERGENT BRACKETS PicoDot® Sensors PAGE 371 QD CABLES 5-Pin Euro Dual-LED multifunction indicator and gain adjustment PAGE 414 REFLECTORS 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 150 mm Euro-style pigtail quick-disconnect PD45 lightweight housings; IP54, NEMA 3 Detailed Dimensions 12.7 mm PAGE 425 15.2 mm 45.6 mm 49.1 mm PD49 ruggedized housing; IP67, NEMA 6 Visible red Class 2 lasers T 40.6 mm QPMA -S •C A BL E EURO 42.7 mm PIGTAIL • P E• UR YL CA LL FACTORY PD45 Models PD49 Models More information online at bannerengineering.com 137 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE& COLOR lUMINESCENCE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS PicoDot®, 10-30V dc Models PD45VN6LLP PD45VN6LLPQ PD49VN6LLP PD49VN6LLPQ PD45VP6LLP PD45VP6LLPQ PD49VP6LLP PD49VP6LLPQ PD45VN6C50 PD45VN6C50Q PD49VN6C50 PD49VN6C50Q PD45VP6C50 PD45VP6C50Q PD49VP6C50 PD49VP6C50Q PD45VN6C100 PD45VN6C100Q PD49VN6C100 PD49VN6C100Q PD45VP6C100 PD45VP6C100Q PD49VP6C100 PD49VP6C100Q PD45VN6C200 PD45VN6C200Q PD49VN6C200 PD49VN6C200Q PD45VP6C200 PD45VP6C200Q PD49VP6C200 PD49VP6C200Q PD45VN6C300 PD45VN6C300Q PD49VN6C300 PD49VN6C300Q PD45VP6C300 PD45VP6C300Q PD49VP6C300 PD49VP6C300Q Download PDF Sensing Range or Mode/LED* Focus P 0.2 m - 10.6 m† LASER POLAR RETRO 50 mm 102 mm LASER CONVERGENT 203 mm 305 mm Cable** 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD Output Housing Excess Beam Type Rating Gain Pattern Data Sheet NPN IP54, NEMA 3 NPN IP67, NEMA 6 PNP IP54, NEMA 3 PNP IP67, NEMA 6 67450 NPN IP54, NEMA 3 115700 NPN IP67, NEMA 6 PNP IP54, NEMA 3 PNP IP67, NEMA 6 67450 NPN IP54, NEMA 3 115700 NPN IP67, NEMA 6 PNP IP54, NEMA 3 PNP IP67, NEMA 6 67450 NPN IP54, NEMA 3 115700 NPN IP67, NEMA 6 PNP IP54, NEMA 3 PNP IP67, NEMA 6 67450 NPN IP54, NEMA 3 115700 NPN IP67, NEMA 6 PNP IP54, NEMA 3 PNP IP67, NEMA 6 115700 EGCR-40, EGCR-41 & EGCR-42 (p. 473) EGCC-30 (p. 479) EGCC-31 (p. 479) EGCC-32 (p. 479) EGCC-33 (p. 480) 67450 — 115700 BPC-30 (p. 502) BPC-31 (p. 502) BPC-32 (p. 502) BPC-33 (p. 503) 67450 115700 67450 115700 67450 115700 67450 115700 67450 Visible Red Laser * ** For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, PD45VN6LLP W/30). A QD model requires a mating cable (see page 414). † Tested using a BRT-36X40BM retro target (included with each sensor). Actual range depends on the efficiency and size of the retroreflective target. Some targets have produced ranges up to 40 m. 138 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE PicoDot® Specifications Range Adjustments Extinguishing Wire Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Weight Application Notes Certifications Hookup Diagrams 0.25 mm C50 models: 25 to 58 mm; focus at 50 mm ± 5 mm C100 models: 25 to 115 mm; focus at 102 mm ± 5 mm C200 models: 25 to 216 mm; focus at 203 mm ± 5 mm C300 models: 25 to 317 mm; focus at 305 mm ± 5 mm LLP models: 0.2 to 10.6 m, using supplied retroreflective target 12-turn slotted brass Gain (sensitivity) adjustment potentiometer (clutched at both ends of travel) Gray wire held “low” for laser operation; “high” to turn laser OFF; Low ≤ 1.0V dc; High ≥ Vsupply -4.0V dc (< 30V dc) or disconnect wire; 100 milliseconds delay upon enable Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green ON steady: power ON Yellow ON steady: light sensed; light operate (LO) output conducting Green flashing: output overloaded Yellow flashing: marginal excess gain PD45 models: Housings are heat-resistant ABS, UL94-VO rated; acrylic lens cover PD49 models: Housings are sealed, heat-resistant ABS/polycarbonate alloy, UL94-VO rated, acrylic lens cover PD45: IP54; NEMA 3 PD49: IP67; NEMA 6 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 5-pin Euro-style 150 mm pigtail quick-disconnect fitting; mating cables for QD models are ordered separately. See page 414. Temperature: -10° to +45° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) PD49 models: PD45 models: Sensor only: 22 g Sensor only: 28 g Sensor plus 2 m cable: 62 g Sensor plus 2 m cable: 68 g False pulse may occur less than 1 second after power-up FULLSIZE Output Protection Output Response Time Repeatability Spot Size at Focus Solid-state complementary; choose NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing) models 150 mA max. (each output) OFF-state leakage current: less than µA at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 0.3V at 10 mA dc; less than 0.8V at 150 mA dc Protected against continuous overload or short-circuit of outputs; Overload trip point ≥ 220 milliamps 0.2 milliseconds (200 microseconds) ON/OFF 50 microseconds; Rep Rate 20 KHz MIDSIZE Output Rating 10 to 30V dc (10% max ripple) at less than 20 mA, exclusive of load 3.75 x 1.85 mm (Retroreflective Models) Approx. 1 milliradian (Retroreflective Models) Class 2 safety (CDRH (FDA) 1040.10 and IEC 60875-1) Protected against reverse polarity, over voltage, and transient voltages < 1 second COMPACT Supply Voltage Beam Size at Aperture Beam Divergence Laser Classification Supply Protection Circuitry Delay at Power-up Output Configuration DC11 (p. 522) Class 2 Laser Safety Notes Low-power lasers are by definition incapable of causing eye injury within the duration of the blink (aversion response) of 0.25 seconds. They also must emit only visible wavelengths (400 - 700 nm). Therefore, an ocular hazard can exist only if an individual overcomes their natural aversion to bright light and stares directly into the laser beam. For safe laser use: • Do not permit a person to stare at the laser from within the beam. • Do not point the laser at a person’s eye at close range. • The beam emitted by a Class 2 laser product should be terminated at the end of its useful path. Open laser beam paths should be located above or below eye level where practical. LASER LIGHT DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCT Avoid exposure - laser light emitted from this aperture PEAK POWER 2 mW 20KHz 10% DUTY CYCLE 660 - 680 nm COMPLIES TO 21 CFR PART 1040.10 AND EN60825-1:1994 More information online at bannerengineering.com 139 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE& COLOR lUMINESCENCE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS QM42 and QMT42 Rugged Die-Cast Family of Sensors • • • • • Features compact, low-cost dc sensors in NEMA 6 (IEC IP67) die-cast housings Delivers outstanding immunity to electrical noise Includes marginal and Power ON gain indicator QM42 series: Available in opposed, polarized retroreflective, diffuse, short-range adjustable-field and plastic fiber optic modes QMT42 series (slightly larger): Available in fixed-field, diffuse and long-range adjustable-field modes OPPOSED P POLAR RETRO QM42 and QMT42 Sensors DIFFUSE Sensitivity adjustment on top of QM42 models; rear panel on QMT42 models 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or Euro-style quick-disconnect ADJUSTABLE-FIELD 42.0 mm Detailed Dimensions FIXED-FIELD 42.0 mm Die-cast, leakproof NEMA 6 (IP67) housing PLASTIC FIBER Dual-LED multifunction indicators BRACKETS PAGE 371 58.0 mm 12.7 mm QD CABLES 42.0 mm 4-Pin Euro PAGE 412 REFLECTORS 42.0 mm PAGE 425 12.7 mm 18.0 mm 48.5 mm QM42 Plastic Fiber Optic Models Suffix FP 140 QM42 Opposed, Retroreflective, Short-range Diffuse, and Short-range Adjustable-field Model Suffix E, R, LP, D, AFV150 and FP More information online at bannerengineering.com QMT42 Long-range Diffuse, Fixed-field and Adjustable-field Model Suffix DX, FF and AFV400 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS QM42 and QMT42, 10-30V dc Range 10 m OPPOSED 3m POLAR RETRO DIFFUSE Long-Range 10 mm - 6 m 50 - 500 mm Cutoff 50 - 750 mm Cutoff 50 - 1000 mm Cutoff FIXED-FIELD 50 - 1500 mm Cutoff 50 - 2000 mm Cutoff Excess Gain Beam Pattern Data Sheet EGCO-33 (p. 470) BPO-32 (p. 493) 44487 EGCR-43 (p. 473) BPR-37 (p. 497) 44487 EGCD-38 (p. 477) BPD-38 (p. 500) 44487 EGCD-39 (p. 477) BPD-39 (p. 500) 57890 EGCF-36 (p. 484) — EGCF-37 (p. 484) — EGCF-38 (p. 484) — EGCF-39 (p. 484) — EGCF-40 (p. 484) — – NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP Infrared LED Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QM42VN6LP W/30). A QD model requires a mating cable (see page 412). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories for more information. More information online at bannerengineering.com FULLSIZE Short-Range 400 mm 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD Output Type MIDSIZE P † Cable** COMPACT QM426E Emitter QM426EQ Emitter QM42VN6R QM42VN6RQ QM42VP6R QM42VP6RQ QM42VN6LP QM42VN6LPQ QM42VP6LP QM42VP6LPQ QM42VN6D QM42VN6DQ QM42VP6D QM42VP6DQ QMT42VN6DX QMT42VN6DXQ QMT42VP6DX QMT42VP6DXQ QMT42VN6FF500 QMT42VN6FF500Q QMT42VP6FF500 QMT42VP6FF500Q QMT42VN6FF750 QMT42VN6FF750Q QMT42VP6FF750 QMT42VP6FF750Q QMT42VN6FF1000 QMT42VN6FF1000Q QMT42VP6FF1000 QMT42VP6FF1000Q QMT42VN6FF1500 QMT42VN6FF1500Q QMT42VP6FF1500 QMT42VP6FF1500Q QMT42VN6FF2000 QMT42VN6FF2000Q QMT42VP6FF2000 QMT42VP6FF2000Q Sensing Mode/LED* MINIATURE Models Download PDF 50756 More on next page 141 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com MIDSIZE& COLOR lUMINESCENCE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS QM42 and QMT42, 10-30V dc (cont’d) Models Sensing Mode/LED* QM42VN6AFV150 SHORT RANGE QM42VN6AFV150Q QM42VP6AFV150 QM42VP6AFV150Q ADJUSTABLE-FIELD QMT42VN6AFV400 LONG RANGE QMT42VN6AFV400Q QMT42VP6AFV400 QMT42VP6AFV400Q ADJUSTABLE-FIELD QM42VN6FP FULLSIZE QM42VN6FPQ QM42VP6FP QM42VP6FPQ PLASTIC FIBER Range 5 mm to Cutoff point (adjustable from 50 to 150 mm) 25 mm to Cutoff point (adjustable from 125 to 400 mm) Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used Download PDF Cable** 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern Data Sheet NPN EGCA-5 (p. 481) Cutoff Point Deviation Curve CPDC-6 (p. 517) — 48363 EGCA-6 (p. 481) Cutoff Point Deviation Curve CPDC-7 (p. 518) — 49211 EGCP-16 (p. 488) & EGCP-17 (p. 489) BPP-16 (p. 507) & BPP-17 (p. 508) 44487 PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QM42VN6AFV150 W/30). A QD model requires a mating cable (see page 412). QM42 and QMT42 Specifications Opposed, Diffuse, Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Fiber Optic: Infrared, 880 nm; Visible Red, 660 nm Adjustable-field: Visible Red, 680 nm Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than: Opposed: 30 mA (emitter), 10 mA (receiver) Short-range diffuse and retroreflective: 20 mA Fiber optic: 30 mA Adjustable-field: 50 mA Fixed-field and long-range diffuse: 40 mA Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Sensing Beam Output Configuration Output Rating Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Repeatability Sensing Hysteresis Solid-state complementary; choose NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing) models 100 mA max. (each output) OFF-state leakage current: less than µA at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V at 10 mA dc; less than 1.5V at 100 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Overload trip point ≥ 150 mA, typical at 20º C Opposed: 1 millisecond ON; 0.5 millisecond OFF Diffuse, Retroreflective, Adjustable-field and Fixed-field: 1 millisecond ON/OFF Plastic Fiber Optic: 0.25 millisecond ON/OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up; outputs are non-conducting during this time. Opposed: 120 microseconds Diffuse, Retroreflective, Adjustable-field and Fixed-field: 250 microseconds Fiber Optic: 60 microseconds. Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength Long-range diffuse: less than 20% of set sensing distance Adjustable-field: less than 7% of set cutoff distance Fixed-field: 2000 mm models – less than 5% of set cutoff distance 1500 mm models – less than 4% of set cutoff distance 1000 mm models – less than 3% of set cutoff distance 750 mm models – less than 2% of set cutoff distance 500 mm models – less than 1% of set cutoff distance More on next page 142 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE QM42 and QMT42 Specifications (cont’d) Cutoff Point Tolerance Adjustments Connections Operating Conditions FULLSIZE Environmental Rating MIDSIZE Construction COMPACT Indicators Fixed-field: ±10% of nominal cutoff distance All models (except emitters, Adjustable-field, Fixed-field and Long-range Diffuse): 15-turn slotted brass GAIN (sensitivity) adjustment potentiometer (clutched at both ends of travel) 150 mm Adjustable-field: 12-turn slotted brass cutoff distance adjustment potentiometer (clutched at both ends of travel) 400 mm Adjustable-field: 15-turn slotted brass cutoff distance adjustment potentiometer (clutched at both ends of travel) Long-range diffuse: 4-turn slotted GAIN (sensitivity) adjustment potentiometer (clutched at both ends of travel) Fixed-field: No adjustments Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green ON steady: power ON; Opposed emitters: Green power ON Green flashing: output overloaded Yellow ON steady: light sensed; light operate (LO) Yellow flashing: marginal excess gain (1-1.5x) in light condition Housings are die-cast zinc alloy with black acrylic polyurethane finish; lenses are acrylic IP67; NEMA 6 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 412. Temperature: Long-range diffuse, Adjustable-field and Fixed-field: -20° to +55° C All others: -20° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Certifications Hookup Diagrams Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) All others: DC03 (p. 520) More information online at bannerengineering.com 143 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS 144 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE Q60 page 159 FULLSIZE OMNI-BEAM™ MIDSIZE Q45 page 146 • Extremely rugged design exceeds NEMA 6P and IEC IP67 standards; sensors withstand 1200 psi washdown. • Power, Signal and Output indicator LEDs are highly visible. • Standard models accommodate output timing logic or expansion for a 7-segment LED display of signal strength. • Available modes include opposed, polarized and non-polarized retroreflective, diffuse, convergent, and glass and plastic fiber optic modes. • Models are available for dc, ac or ac/dc universal voltage power. • A laser retroreflective version is available for extended 70 m sensing range. COMPACT Fullsize Sensors page 165 • Available in both Class 1 or extended-range Class 2 laser and visible red or infrared LED formats • Advanced modular design for customized configuration at user level • Sensor heads in opposed, retroreflective, diffuse, convergent, and glass and plastic fiber optic modes • For use with analog ac or dc power blocks • Adjustable-field setpoints from 200 to 2000 mm • Advanced background suppression technology to ignore objects beyond the setpoint More information online at bannerengineering.com 145 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS Q45 Advanced One-Piece Sensors • Uses extremely rugged design that exceeds NEMA 6P and IEC IP67 standards and withstands 1200 psi washdown • Features highly visible Power, Signal and Output indicator LEDs • Accommodates output timing logic or 7-segment LED signal strength display on standard models • Available in opposed, polarized and non-polarized retroreflective, diffuse, convergent, and glass and plastic fiber optic modes • Available in models for dc, ac or ac/dc universal voltage power • Available in laser diode retroreflective and NAMUR models Triple LED multi-function indicators OPPOSED RETRO Gasketed transparent cover P Optional 7-element LED signal strength display and/or output switching logic POLAR RETRO RETRO LASER P LASER POLAR RETRO Q45 DC Models page 147 Q45 Laser Models Q45 AC Models Q45 Universal Voltage Models Q45 NAMUR Models Q45 Logic Modules 147 148 150 157 155 2 or 9 m attached cable, or Mini-, Micro- and Euro-style quick-disconnect DIFFUSE CONVERGENT GLASS FIBER PLASTIC FIBER BRACKETS PAGE 371 QD CABLES 5 & 4-Pin Euro + 4-Pin Micro + 3-, 4- & 5-Pin Mini PAGE 412 REFLECTORS Q45 Q45 Universal Voltage Q45 Retroreflective Laser Q45 NAMUR • Models for dc or ac power • Opposed, retroreflective, diffuse, convergent, laser, and glass and plastic fiber optic modes • Electromechanical or solid-state outputs • Models for ac/dc power • Opposed, retroreflective, diffuse, convergent, and glass and plastic fiber optic modes • A variety of cable and connector options • Extended 70 m sensing range • Visible laser beam for easy target alignment • Precision small object or edge detection • Intrinsically safe dc models for potentially explosive environments • 12 mA output or less in dark condition and 21 mA or more in light condition • For use with approved DIN 19 234 switching amplifiers PAGE 425 146 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Q45 Sensors 57.9 mm 44.5 mm Optional 7-element LED signal strength display and/ or output switching logic 54.1 mm 61.7 mm 44.5 mm MINIATURE 44.5 mm 87.6 mm 87.6 mm Retroreflective Laser Models Suffix LL and LLP 87.6 mm Gasketed transparent cover T PIGTAIL • P QPMA 44.5 mm -S •C A BL E EURO 60.5 mm UR MIDSIZE Convergent Models Suffix CV and CV4 Triple-LED multi-function indicators E• YL COMPACT 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or Mini-, Micro- and Euro-style quick-disconnect 59.9 mm FULLSIZE 44.5 mm CA LL FACTORY 87.6 mm Detailed Dimensions Opposed, Retroreflective and Diffuse Models Suffix E, R, D, DL, DX, LV and LP 87.6 mm Glass Fiber Models Suffix F and FV Plastic Fiber Model Suffix FP Q45, 10-30V dc Models Q456E Emitter Q456EQ Emitter Q456EQ5 Emitter Q45BB6R Q45BB6RQ Q45BB6RQ5 Q45BB6LV Q45BB6LVQ Download PDF Sensing Mode/LED* OPPOSED 0.08 - 9 m† P Q45BB6LPQ5 POLAR RETRO Q45BB6LL Q45BB6LLQ Q45BB6LLP Q45BB6LLPQ Q45BB6LLPQ6 0.15 - 6 m † 0.3 - 70 m † CLASS 2 0.6 - 40 m† Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-34 (p. 470) BPO-33 (p. 494) Data Sheet — 36578 Bipolar NPN/PNP 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 5-Pin Euro QD RETRO LASER LASER POLAR RETRO 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD CLASS 2 P 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD RETRO Q45BB6LP Q45BB6LPQ Output Type Cable** 60 m Q45BB6LVQ5 Q45BB6LLQ6 Range 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 5-Pin Euro QD EGCR-44 (p. 473) BPR-38 (p. 497) EGCR-45 (p. 473) BPR-39 (p. 497) EGCR-46 (p. 473) BPR-40 (p. 497) 38244 EGCR-47 (p. 473) BPR-40 (p. 497) Infrared LED Visible Red LED Visible Red Laser * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45BB6LV W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see pages 412, 414 and 420). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector (BRT-2X2 for Q45BB6LL models). Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories for more information. More information online at bannerengineering.com More on next page 147 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS Q45, 10-30V dc (cont’d) Models Q45BB6D Q45BB6DQ Q45BB6DQ5 Q45BB6DL Q45BB6DLQ Q45BB6DLQ5 Q45BB6DX Q45BB6DXQ Q45BB6DXQ5 Q45BB6CV Q45BB6CVQ Q45BB6CVQ5 Q45BB6CV4 Q45BB6CV4Q Q45BB6CV4Q5 Q45BB6F Q45BB6FQ Q45BB6FQ5 Q45BB6FV Q45BB6FVQ Q45BB6FVQ5 Sensing Mode/LED* Range Cable** Output Type 2m SHORT RANGE 450 mm 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD DIFFUSE 2m LONG RANGE 1.8 m 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD DIFFUSE 2m HIGH POWER 3m 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD DIFFUSE 2m 38 mm 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD 2m CONVERGENT 100 mm Bipolar NPN/PNP 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD 2m GLASS FIBER Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used Q45BB6FPQ PLASTIC FIBER 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD GLASS FIBER Q45BB6FP Q45BB6FPQ5 Download PDF Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCD-40 (p. 477) BPD-40 (p. 500) EGCD-41 (p. 477) BPD-41 (p. 500) EGCD-42 (p. 477) BPD-42 (p. 500) EGCC-34 (p. 480) BPC-34 (p. 503) Q452E Emitter Q452EQ Emitter Q452EQ1 Emitter Q45VR2R Q45VR2RQ Q45BW22R Q45BW22RQ Q45BW22RQ1 Sensing Mode/LED* EGCC-35 (p. 480) BPC-35 (p. 503) EGCG-22 & EGCG-23 (p. 486) BPG-22 & BPG-23 (p. 505) 36578 EGCG-24 & EGCG-25 (p. 486) BPG-24 & BPG-25 (p. 505) 36578 EGCP-18 & EGCP-19 (p. 489) BPP-18 & BPP-19 (p. 508) 36578 Download PDF Range Cable** Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern 2m 3-Pin Mini QD 60 m 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 3-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Micro QD SPDT e/m Relay EGCO-34 (p. 470) BPO-33 (p. 494) SPST Solid-state Relay Infrared LED Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45BB6D W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see pages 412, 419 and 420). 148 More information online at bannerengineering.com Data Sheet 36339 & 37209 — 4-Pin Micro QD OPPOSED 36578 36578 Q45, 90-250V ac Models Data Sheet 36339 37209 More on next page Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Models Range Cable** 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 0.08 - 9 m† 2m 3-Pin Mini QD RETRO 4-Pin Micro QD 2m P 0.15 - 6 m† 2m 3-Pin Mini QD POLAR RETRO 4-Pin Micro QD 5-Pin Mini QD 450 mm 2m 3-Pin Mini QD DIFFUSE 4-Pin Micro QD 2m LONG RANGE 5-Pin Mini QD 1.8 m 2m 3-Pin Mini QD DIFFUSE 4-Pin Micro QD 2m HIGH POWER 5-Pin Mini QD 3m 2m 3-Pin Mini QD DIFFUSE 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 38 mm 2m 3-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Micro QD 2m CONVERGENT 5-Pin Mini QD 100 mm 2m 3-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Micro QD Beam Pattern SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay 36339 EGCR-44 (p. 473) BPR-38 (p. 497) SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay EGCR-45 (p. 473) BPR-39 (p. 497) EGCD-40 (p. 477) BPD-40 (p. 500) EGCD-41 (p. 477) BPD-41 (p. 500) EGCD-42 (p. 477) BPD-42 (p. 500) 37209 36339 EGCC-34 (p. 480) BPC-34 (p. 503) SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay 37209 36339 SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay 37209 36339 SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay 37209 36339 SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay 37209 36339 SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay Data Sheet FULLSIZE 2m SHORT RANGE Excess Gain MIDSIZE 5-Pin Mini QD Output Type COMPACT Q45VR2LV Q45VR2LVQ Q45BW22LV Q45BW22LVQ Q45BW22LVQ1 Q45VR2LP Q45VR2LPQ Q45BW22LP Q45BW22LPQ Q45BW22LPQ1 Q45VR2D Q45VR2DQ Q45BW22D Q45BW22DQ Q45BW22DQ1 Q45VR2DL Q45VR2DLQ Q45BW22DL Q45BW22DLQ Q45BW22DLQ1 Q45VR2DX Q45VR2DXQ Q45BW22DX Q45BW22DXQ Q45BW22DXQ1 Q45VR2CV Q45VR2CVQ Q45BW22CV Q45BW22CVQ Q45BW22CVQ1 Q45VR2CV4 Q45VR2CV4Q Q45BW22CV4 Q45BW22CV4Q Q45BW22CV4Q1 Sensing Mode/LED* Download PDF MINIATURE Q45, 90-250V ac (cont’d) 37209 36339 EGCC-35 (p. 480) BPC-35 (p. 503) 37209 More on Infrared LED Visible Red LED * next page ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45VR2LV W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see pages 419 and 420). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories for more information. More information online at bannerengineering.com 149 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS Q45, 90-250V ac (cont’d) Models Q45VR2F Q45VR2FQ Q45BW22F Q45BW22FQ Q45BW22FQ1 Q45VR2FV Q45VR2FVQ Q45BW22FV Q45BW22FVQ Q45BW22FVQ1 Q45VR2FP Q45VR2FPQ Q45BW22FP Q45BW22FPQ Sensing Mode/LED* Download PDF Range 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 2m GLASS FIBER Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 3-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 3-Pin Mini QD GLASS FIBER 4-Pin Micro QD 2m PLASTIC FIBER Q45BW22FPQ1 Output Type Cable** Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 3-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Micro QD SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCG-22 & EGCG-23 (p. 486) BPG-22 & BPG-23 (p. 505) EGCG-24 & EGCG-25 (p. 486) BPG-24 & BPG-25 (p. 505) EGCP-18 & EGCP-19 (p. 489) BPP-18 & BPP-29 (p. 508) Q45 Universal Voltage, 12-250V dc or 24-250V ac Models Q453E Q453EQ Q45VR3R Q45VR3RQ Q45BW13R Q45BW13RQ Q45VR3LV Q45VR3LVQ Q45BW13LV Q45BW13LVQ Q45VR3LP Q45VR3LPQ Q45BW13LP Q45BW13LPQ Sensing Mode/LED* Range Cable** 2m 3-Pin Mini QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 2m 60 m OPPOSED 0.08 - 9 m † RETRO P POLAR RETRO 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 2m 0.15 - 6 m † 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD Data Sheet 36339 37209 36339 37209 36339 37209 Download PDF Output Type Excess Gain Beam Pattern SPDT EGCO-34 (p. 470) e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay BPO-33 (p. 494) Data Sheet — SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay 53997 53999 EGCR-44 (p. 473) BPR-38 (p. 497) EGCR-45 (p. 473) BPR-39 (p. 497) 53997 53999 53997 53999 More on Infrared LED Visible Red LED * next page ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45VR2F W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see pages 419 and 420). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories for more information. 150 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Models Q45BW13DQ Q45BW13DLQ Q45VR3DX 450 mm DIFFUSE DIFFUSE DIFFUSE 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 2m 38 mm 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 2m CONVERGENT 100 mm 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD GLASS FIBER Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 2m GLASS FIBER Q45VR3FP Q45VR3FPQ Q45BW13FP Q45BW13FPQ 5-Pin Mini QD PLASTIC FIBER 4-Pin Mini QD Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD Output Type SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCD-40 (p. 477) BPD-40 (p. 500) EGCD-41 (p. 477) BPD-41 (p. 500) Data Sheet 53997 53999 53997 53999 53997 EGCD-42 (p. 477) BPD-42 (p. 500) 53999 FULLSIZE 3m Q45VR3FV Q45VR3FVQ Q45BW13FV Q45BW13FVQ 2m 2m HIGH POWER Q45BW13CV4Q Q45VR3F Q45VR3FQ Q45BW13F Q45BW13FQ 5-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Mini QD Q45BW13CVQ Q45VR3CV4 Q45VR3CV4Q Q45BW13CV4 2m 2m 1. 8 m Q45VR3CV Q45VR3CVQ Q45BW13CV 5-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Mini QD LONG RANGE Q45BW13DX Q45BW13DXQ 2m SHORT RANGE Q45VR3DXQ Cable** MIDSIZE Q45VR3DL Q45VR3DLQ Q45BW13DL Range COMPACT Q45VR3D Q45VR3DQ Q45BW13D Sensing Mode/LED* Download PDF MINIATURE Q45 Universal Voltage, 12-250V dc or 24-250V ac (cont’d) 53997 EGCC-34 (p. 480) BPC-35 (p. 503) EGCC-35 (p. 480) BPC-34 (p. 503) EGCG-22 & EGCG-23 (p. 486) BPG-22 & BPG-23 (p. 505) 53997 EGCG-24 & EGCG-25 (p. 486) BPG-24 & BPG-25 (p. 505) 53997 EGCP-18 & EGCP-19 (p. 489) BPP-18 & BPP-19 (p. 508) 53997 53999 53997 53999 53999 53999 53999 Infrared LED Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45VR3D W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 420). More information online at bannerengineering.com 151 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS Q45 DC Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple), at less than 50 mA (exclusive of load) Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Output Configuration Bipolar: one current sourcing (PNP) and one current sinking (NPN) open-collector transistor Output Rating 250 mA max. each output up to 50° C, derated to 150 mA at 70° C (derate 5 mA/° C) OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 µA Output saturation voltage (both outputs): less than 1 volt at 10 mA and less than 2 volts at 250 mA Output Protection Circuitry Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Opposed: 2 milliseconds ON and 1 millisecond OFF Laser Retroreflective: less than 2 milliseconds All others: 2 milliseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up; output does not conduct during this time. Opposed: 0.25 milliseconds All others: 0.5 milliseconds Response time and repeatability specifications are independent of signal strength. Beneath sensor’s transparent cover: Light Operate (LO) Dark Operate (DO) select switch and multi-turn sensitivity control on top of sensor, beneath a transparent polycarbonate o-ring sealed cover, allows precise sensitivity setting (turn clockwise to increase gain). Optional logic and logic/display modules have adjustable timing functions. Indicator LEDs are highly visible, located beneath a raised transparent polycarbonate dome on top of the sensor. Power (Green) LED lights whenever 10 to 30V dc power is applied, and flashes to indicate output overload or output short circuit Signal (Red) LED lights whenever the sensor sees its modulated light source, and pulses at a rate proportional to the strength of the received light signal Load (Yellow) LED lights whenever an output is conducting Optional 7-element LED signal strength display module Molded reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing, o-ring sealed transparent polycarbonate cover, molded acrylic lenses, and stainless steel hardware. Q45s are designed to withstand 1200 psi washdown. The base of cabled models has a ½" NPS integral internal conduit thread. IP67; NEMA 6P Output Response Time Repeatability FULLSIZE Adjustments Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Laser Classification (Laser Retroreflective models only) Connections Class II laser product. US Safety Standards 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11; European Standards EN 60825 and IEC 60825 PVC-jacketed 4-wire (5-wire for Laser Retroreflective) 2 m or 9 m cables. For 4-pin Mini-style QD use “Q” suffix, (5-pin Mini-style QD for Laser Retroreflective use “Q” suffix) or for 4-pin Euro-style use “Q5” suffix (5-pin Euro-style QD for Laser Retroreflective use “Q6” suffix). QD cables are ordered separately. See page 412, 414 and 420. Operating Conditions Temperature: -40° to +70° C (-10° to +40° C for Retroreflective Laser models) Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Application Notes Optional logic timing modules are available. See page 155 for more information. All others: Retroreflective Laser: Certifications Hookup Diagrams 152 Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) Other DC Models: DC04 (p. 520) More information online at bannerengineering.com Laser Retroreflective Models: DC12 (p. 522) Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Supply Voltage and Current 90 to 250V ac (50 - 60 Hz) Average current: 20 mA. Peak current: 500 mA at 120V ac, 750 mA at 250V ac. Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration COMPACT Output Rating Protected against transient voltages Q45VR2 models: SPDT (single-pole double-throw) electromechanical relay output (except emitters) Q45BW22 models: Short circuit/overload protected FET solid-state relay Q45VR2 models: Max. switching power (resistive load): 150W, 600 VA Max. switching voltage (resistive load): 250V ac or 30V dc Max. switching current (resistive load): 5A @ 250V ac Min. voltage and current: 5V dc, 0.1 mA Mechanical life of relay: 10,000,000 operations Electrical life of relay at full resistive load: 100,000 operations MIDSIZE Output Response Time Repeatability Adjustments Indicators Construction FULLSIZE Q45BW22 models: Continuous current: 300 mA max. to 50° C (derate to 200 mA at 70° C, 5 mA/° C) Inrush current: 3A max. for 100 milliseconds, 5A max. for 1 millisecond OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 µA Saturation voltage: less than 3V at 200 mA Output Protection Circuitry MINIATURE Q45 AC Specifications Q45VR2 models: Protected against false pulse on power-up Q45BW22 models: Manually-resettable output latch-out trips in the event of an output overload or short circuit condition. The green Power LED flashes to indicate the latch-out. To reset the output, remove power to the sensor and load for 5 seconds, then restore power. Q45VR2 models: 15 milliseconds ON/OFF Q45BW22 models: Opposed: 2 milliseconds ON, 1 millisecond OFF All others: 2 milliseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up. Output does not conduct during this time. Opposed: 0.25 milliseconds; All others: 0.5 milliseconds Response time and repeatability specifications are independent of signal strength. Beneath sensor’s transparent cover: Light Operate (LO), Dark Operate (DO) select switch, and multi-turn sensitivity control on top of sensor, allows precise sensitivity setting (turn clockwise to increase gain). Optional logic and logic/display modules have adjustable timing functions. Indicator LEDs are highly visible, located beneath a raised transparent polycarbonate dome on top of the sensor. Power (Green) LED lights whenever 90-250V ac power is applied, and flashes to indicate output overload or output short circuit. Signal (Red) LED lights whenever the sensor sees its modulated light source, and pulses at a rate proportional to the strength of the received light signal Load (Yellow) LED lights whenever an output relay is energized Optional 7-element LED signal strength display module Molded reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing, o-ring sealed transparent polycarbonate cover, molded acrylic lenses, and stainless steel hardware. Q45s are designed to withstand 1200 psi washdown. The base of cabled models has a ½" NPS integral internal conduit thread. Environmental Rating NEMA 6P; IEC IP67 Connections Q45VR2 models: PVC-jacketed 2-wire emitters or 5-wire (all others) 2 m or 9 m unterminated cables, or 3-pin (emitters) or 5-pin (all others) Mini-style quick-disconnect (QD) fittings are available (“Q”- suffix models). QD cables are ordered separately. See page 420. Q45BW22 models: PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m cables, or 3-pin Mini-style (“Q” suffix models) or 4-pin Micro-style (“Q1” suffix models) quick-disconnect (QD) fittings are available. QD cables are ordered separately. See pages 420 and 419. Operating Conditions Temperature: -40° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) More on next page More information online at bannerengineering.com 153 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com Q45 AC Specifications (cont’d) Application Notes Certifications Hookup Diagrams Transient suppression is recommended for contacts switching inductive loads. Optional logic timing modules are available. See page 155 for more information. Q45VR2 models: Q45BW22 models: VR2 Models: Emitters: AC03 (p. 525) Other AC Models: AC08 (p. 526) BW22 Models: Cabled & Mini QD: AC05 (p. 526) Micro QD: AC06 (p. 526) Cabled & Mini QD Emitters: AC03 (p. 525) Micro QD Emitters: AC07 (p. 526) FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS Q45 Universal Voltage Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 24 to 250V ac, 50/60 Hz or 12 to 250V dc (1.5 watts max.) Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against transient voltages. DC hookup is without regard to polarity. Q45VR3 models: SPDT (Single-Pole, Double-Throw) electromechanical relay output. All models Output Configuration except emitters. Q45BW13 models: Optically isolated SPST solid-state switch. All models except emitters. Q45VR3 models: Output Rating Max. switching power (resistive load): 1250VA, 150W Max. switching voltage (resistive load): 250V ac, 125V dc Max. switching current (resistive load): 5A @ 250V ac, 5A @ 30V dc derated to 200 mA @ 125V dc Min. voltage and current: 5V dc, 10 mA Mechanical life of relay: 50,000,000 operations Electrical life of relay at full resistive load: 100,000 operations Q45BW13 models: 250V ac, 250V dc, 300 mA Output saturation voltage: 3V at 300 mA, 2V at 15 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 50 µA Inrush current: 1 amp for 20 milliseconds, non-repetitive Output Protection Circuitry Protected against false pulse on power-up Q45VR3 models: 15 milliseconds ON/OFF Output Response Time NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up. Relay is de-energized during this time. Q45BW13 models: Opposed: 2 milliseconds ON, 1 millisecond OFF All others: 2 milliseconds ON/OFF (NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up. Output does not conduct during this time.) Opposed: 0.25 milliseconds Repeatability All others: 0.5 milliseconds Response time and repeatability specifications are independent of signal strength. Beneath sensor’s transparent cover: Light Operate (LO), Dark Operate (DO) select switch, Adjustments and multi-turn sensitivity control on top of sensor, beneath a transparent polycarbonate o-ring sealed cover, allows precise sensitivity setting (turn clockwise to increase gain). Optional logic and logic/display modules have adjustable timing functions. Indicator LEDs are clearly visible beneath a raised transparent polycarbonate dome on top of the sensor. Indicators Power (Green) LED lights whenever 24 to 250V ac, or 12 to 250V dc power is applied Signal (Red) LED lights whenever the sensor sees its modulated light source, and pulses at a rate proportional to the strength of the received light signal Load (Yellow) LED lights whenever the output relay is energized Optional 7-element LED signal strength display module Molded reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing, o-ring-sealed transparent polycarbonate cover, Construction molded acrylic lenses, and stainless steel hardware. Q45s are designed to withstand 1200 psi washdown. The base of cabled models has a ½" NPS integral internal conduit thread. More on next page 154 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Environmental Rating IP67; NEMA 6P Connections Q45VR3 models: PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m unterminated cables, or 5-pin Mini-style quick-disconnect (QD) fittings are available (“Q”- suffix models). QD cables are ordered separately. See page 520. Operating Conditions Application Notes Certifications VR3 Models: Emitters: UN02 (p. 528) BW13 Models: Emitters: UN02 (p. 528) Hookup Diagrams MIDSIZE Temperature: -25° to +55° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Transient suppression is recommended for contacts switching inductive loads. Optional output timing modules are available. See below for more information. Q45VR3 models: Q45BW13 models: COMPACT Q45BW13 models: PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m unterminated cables, or 4-pin Mini-style quick-disconnect (QD) fittings are available (“Q”- suffix models). QD cables are ordered separately. See page 520. MINIATURE Q45 Universal Voltage Specifications (cont’d) Other AC/DC Models: UN01 (p. 528) Other AC/DC Models: UN03 (p. 528) FULLSIZE 45LM Series Modules Q45 sensors easily accept the addition of output timing logic and signal strength display functions. Display models have a 7-element display which gives a “finer” indication of excess gain than does the LED that is standard on most Q45 sensors. The modules listed below may be used with all Q45 sensors except NAMUR models. Model Function 45LM58 Programmable output timing logic 45LM58D Programmable output timing, plus signal strength display 45LMD Timing Logic Functions • • • Download PDF Data Sheet odels with programmable output timing provide the following timing logic functions: M - ON delay - ON delayed one-shot - OFF delay - Repeat cycle timer - ON/OFF delay - Limit timer - Retriggerable one-shot - Rate sensor - Non-retriggerable one-shot - Flip-flop (alternate action) - Delayed one-shot electable timing ranges: S 0.01 to 0.15 seconds 0.1 to 1.5 seconds 1 to 15 seconds Delay and hold time ranges may be individually selected and times precisely set using 15-turn adjustment potentiometers. Delay or hold time may also be displayed (zero seconds). • Module allows sensor output to be programmed for normally-open or normally-closed operation. Signal strength display, • Models with signal strength display gives precise indication of excess gain; see page 156 for more information. Valuable for sensor setup and alignment, only (no programmable critical evaluation of alternative sensing schemes and close monitoring of functions) sensing performance over time (example, dirt build-up on lenses or progressive misalignment). More information online at bannerengineering.com 63416 155 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com 45LM Series Module Specifications Operating Temperature -40° to +70° C Timing Adjustments Two 15-turn clutched potentiometers with brass elements, accessible from outside at the top of the sensor, beneath an o-ring sealed polycarbonate cover. Plus or minus 2% of the timing range (max.); assumes conditions of constant temperature and power supply. Useful time range is from maximum time down to 5% of maximum. When the timing potentiometer is set fully counterclockwise, time will be approximately 5% of maximum. Timing Repeatability Useful Time Range Response Time When the delay time is switched OFF, the card adds no measurable sensing response time. LED Display 7-element LED display, visible through transparent top sensor cover. The more LEDs that are lit, the stronger is the received light signal; three LEDs lit is equivalent to an excess gain of about 1x. FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS Signal Strength Display 156 LED Number Approximate Gain #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 0.25x 0.5x 1.0x 2.0x 4.0x 6.0x 8.0x More information online at bannerengineering.com Display Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Q45 NAMUR Sensors 54.1 mm 60.5 mm 44.5 mm COMPACT For use with approved switching amplifiers with intrinsically safe input circuits MINIATURE 44.5 mm NAMUR sensor in popular Q45 housing with Q45 proven performance 87.6 mm Designed in accordance with DIN 19 234 87.6 mm Glass Fiber Models Suffix F and FV 59.9 mm 61.7 mm MIDSIZE Detailed Dimensions 44.5 mm 44.5 mm FULLSIZE 87.6 mm 87.6 mm Opposed, Retroreflective and Diffuse Models Suffix E, R, D, DL, LV and LP Convergent Models Suffix CV and CV4 Plastic Fiber Model Suffix FP Q45 NAMUR, 5-15V dc Models Q459E Emitter Q459EQ Emitter Q45AD9R Q45AD9RQ Q45AD9LV Q45AD9LVQ Q45AD9LP Q45AD9LPQ Q45AD9D Q45AD9DQ Q45AD9DL Q45AD9DLQ Q45AD9CV Q45AD9CVQ Q45AD9CV4 Q45AD9CV4Q Sensing Mode/LED* Download PDF Range Output Type Cable** Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCO-35 (p. 470) BPO-34 (p. 494) EGCR-48 (p. 473) BPR-41 (p. 497) EGCR-49 (p. 474) BPR-42 (p. 497) EGCD-43 (p. 477) BPD-43 (p. 500) EGCD-44 (p. 477) BPD-44 (p. 500) EGCC-36 (p. 480) BPC-36 (p. 503) EGCC-37 (p. 480) BPC-37 (p. 503) Data Sheet 2m 6m OPPOSED RETRO 6 m† POLAR RETRO 300 mm DIFFUSE LONG-RANGE 1m DIFFUSE 38 mm CONVERGENT 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 9 m† P 4-Pin Euro QD 100 mm 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD Constant Current ≤1.2 mA dark ≥2.1 mA light 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD Infrared LED Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45AD9LV W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 413). † Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories for more information. More information online at bannerengineering.com 38343 More on next page 157 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS Q45 NAMUR, 5-15V dc (cont’d) Models Sensing Mode/LED* Range Download PDF Q45AD9F Q45AD9FQ 2m GLASS FIBER Q45AD9FV Q45AD9FVQ Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used PLASTIC FIBER 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD GLASS FIBER Q45AD9FP Q45AD9FPQ Output Type Cable** Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 2m Constant Current ≤1.2 mA dark ≥2.1 mA light 4-Pin Euro QD Excess Gain Beam Pattern EGCG-26 & EGCG-27 (p. 486) EGCG-28 & EGCG-29 (p. 486) BPG-26 & BPG-27 (p. 505) BPG-28 & BPG-29 (p. 505) EGCP-20 & EGCP-21 (p. 489) BPP-20 & BPP-21 (p. 508) Data Sheet 38343 Infrared LED Visible Red LED * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45AD9F W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 413). Q45 NAMUR Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 5 to 15V dc. Supply voltage is provided by the amplifier to which the sensor is connected. Output Constant current output: ≤ 1.2 mA in the dark condition and ≥ 2.1 mA in the light condition Output Response Time Opposed receiver: 2 milliseconds ON/0.4 milliseconds OFF All others: 5 milliseconds ON/OFF (does not include amplifier response) Multi-turn sensitivity control on top of sensor, beneath a transparent o-ring sealed Lexan® cover, allows precise sensitivity setting (turn clockwise to increase gain). Indicator LED’s are highly visible, located beneath a raised transparent Lexan® dome on top of the sensor. Power (Red) LED (emitters only) lights whenever 5 - 15V dc power is applied Signal (Red) LED lights whenever the sensor sees its modulated light source Molded thermoplastic polyester housing, o-ring sealed transparent Lexan® top cover, molded acrylic lenses, and stainless steel hardware. Q45s are designed to withstand 1200 psi washdown. The base of cabled models has a ½" NPS integral internal conduit thread. IP67; NEMA 6P PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m cables, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting are available. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 413. Adjustments Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Temperature: -40° to +70° C Design Standards Q45AD9 Series sensors comply with the following standards: DIN 19234, EN 50 014: 1977, EN 50 020: 2002 Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Certifications Hookup Diagrams SP01 (p. 530) Lexan® is a registered trademark of General Electric Co. APPROVALS CSA: #LR 41887 Instrinsically Safe, with Entity for KEMA: #03 ATEX 1441x Class I, Groups A-D Class I, Div. 2, Groups A-D FM: #J.I. 5Y3A4.AX Intrinsically Safe, with Entity for Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A-G Class I, II, III, Div. 2, Groups A-D and G 158 More information online at bannerengineering.com ETL: #558044 II IG EEx ia IICTC Tested per FM and CSA as shown above Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE OMNI-BEAM™ COMPACT Modular Limit-Switch Style Sensors • Modular self-contained photoelectric sensors that you FULLSIZE Sensor Heads MIDSIZE can customize for a specific application. • Includes a sensor head and a power block; timing logic module is optional • Features exclusive multiple-LED system that displays received signal strength, sensing contrast and seven different warnings • Easily field-programmable for sensing hysteresis, signal strength display scale factor and light/dark operate • Available in opposed, retroreflective, diffuse, convergent and fiber optic modes • Available in convergent and fiber optic models with choice of red, blue or green LED for color-differentiation applications page 160 Timing Logic Modules 162 Power Blocks 162 OPPOSED RETRO OMNI-BEAM™ Sensors P 61.7 mm Display and Alarm multiple-LED self-diagnostic system Interchangeable ac or dc power block (dc model shown in photo to right; ac model shown in drawings) Detailed Dimensions 44.5 mm 54.6 mm 44.5 mm CLEAR OBJECT P 76.2 mm w/DC Power Block 98.6 mm w/AC Power Block DIFFUSE Convergent Models Suffix CV, CVB and CVG Interchangeable sensor head 59.8 mm (2.35") 44.5 mm POLAR RETRO Attached cable, or Mini- or Euro-style quick-disconnect Optional output logic module (inside) POLAR RETRO CONVERGENT GLASS FIBER 76.2 mm w/DC Power Block 98.6 mm w/AC Power Block 44.5 mm 60.5 mm (2.38") PLASTIC FIBER BRACKETS PAGE 371 QD CABLES 76.2 mm w/DC Power Block 98.6mm w/AC Power Block Plastic Fiber Models Suffx FP, FPB and FPG 4-Pin Euro + 4- & 5-Pin Mini 76.2 mm w/DC Power Block 98.6 mm w/AC Power Block PAGE 412 & 420 REFLECTORS AC Model (shown) Opposed, Retroreflective and Diffuse Models Suffix E, R, D, DX, LV, LVAG and LVAGC More information online at Glass Fiber Models Suffix F, FAC, FX, FV, FVB, FVG, EF and RF bannerengineering.com PAGE 425 159 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE PART & AREA Selecting Components for OMNI-BEAM™ Sensors COMPACT SLOT & LABEL OMNI-BEAM™ sensors are modular self-contained photoelectric sensors that you can customize for a specific application. STEP 1: Choose a sensor head with the required sensing mode. 1 STEP 2: MIDSIZE Choose a power block for the required sensor power (ac or dc) and interface. STEP 3: 3 Choose an optional timing logic module. FULLSIZE STEP 4: Plug and bolt components together without interwiring. 2 OMNI-BEAM modular components are sold separately. The three modular components, and the lenses, can be replaced in the field. OMNI-BEAM™ Sensor Heads Models Sensing Mode/LED* OSBE Emitter OSBR Download PDF Supply Voltage Range 45 m Response & Repeatability Excess Gain Beam Pattern Data Sheet Response: 2 ms Repeatability: 0.01 ms EGCO-36 (p. 470) BPO-35 (p. 494) 03522 EGCR-50 (p. 474) BPR-42 (p. 497) EGCR-51 (p. 474) BPR-44 (p. 497) EGCR-52 (p. 474) — EGCD-45 (p. 477) BPD-45 (p. 500) OPPOSED OSBLV 0.15-9 m† RETRO OSBLVAG P 03522 0.3-4.5 m † POLAR RETRO CLEAR OBJECT OSBLVAGC P 4 m† Provided by Power Block (see page 162) Response: 4 ms Repeatability: 0.2 ms 34151 POLAR RETRO HIGH-SPEED OSBD 300 mm Response: 2 ms Repeatability: 0.1 ms DIFFUSE 03522 HIGH-POWER OSBDX 2m Response: 15 ms Repeatability: 1 ms EGCD-46 (p. 477) BPD-46 (p. 500) DIFFUSE * † Infrared LED Visible Red LED Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories for more information. NOTE: Sensor heads require a power block. See page 162. 160 More information online at bannerengineering.com More on next page Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Models Sensing Mode/LED* Supply Voltage Range Download PDF Response & Repeatability OSBCV OSBCVB Response: 4 ms Repeatability: 0.2 ms 38 mm CONVERGENT CONVERGENT HIGH SPEED HIGH SPEED OSBFV Response: 2 ms Repeatability: 0.1 ms GLASS FIBER HIGH SPEED OSBFVB OSBFVG GLASS FIBER HIGH POWER Range varies Provided by by sensing Power Block mode and fiber optics (see page 162) used EGCC-40 (p. 480) BPC-40 (p. 503) 03522 EGCG-32 BPG-32 (p. 486) (p. 505) & & EGCG-33 BPG-33 (p. 487) (p. 506) EGCG-34 (p. 487) BPG-34 (p. 506) EGCG-35 (p. 487) BPG-35 (p. 506) 03522 EGCG-36 & BPG-36 & EGCG-37 BPG-37 (p. 487) (p. 506) Response: 1 ms Repeatability: 0.01 ms Maximum Range: IT23S fibers, opposed mode: 180 mm 03553 Response: 2 ms Repeatability: 0.01 ms 03522 GLASS FIBER EGCG-38 & BPG-38 & EGCG-39 BPG-39 (p. 487) (p. 506) PLASTIC FIBER EGCP-22 & BPP-22 & EGCP-23 BPP-23 (p. 489) (p. 508) GLASS FIBER AC-COUPLED OSBFAC GLASS FIBER OSBEF OSBFP OSBFPB PLASTIC FIBER Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used Response: 2 ms Repeatability: 0.1 ms OSBFPG PLASTIC FIBER * BPC-39 (p. 503) Response: 15 ms Repeatability: 1 ms OSBFX OSBRF EGCC-39 (p. 480) FULLSIZE GLASS FIBER HIGH SPEED BPC-38 (p. 503) EGCG-30 & BPG-30 & EGCG-31 BPG-31 (p. 486) (p. 505) OSBF GLASS FIBER EGCC-38 (p. 480) Data Sheet MIDSIZE OSBCVG Beam Pattern COMPACT CONVERGENT Excess Gain Infrared LED Visible Red LED NOTE: Sensor heads require a power block. See page 162. Visible Green LED EGCP-24 (p. 489) BPP-24 (p. 505) EGCP-25 (p. 489) BPP-25 (p. 508) MINIATURE OMNI-BEAM™ Sensor Heads (cont’d) 03522 Visible Blue LED More information online at bannerengineering.com 161 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com OMNI-BEAM™ Timing Logic Modules Models Type Logic Function OLM5 Delay Timer Logic Module ON-DELAY or OFF-DELAY or ON/OFF DELAY OLM8 Pulse Timer Logic Module ONE-SHOT pulse timer or DELAYED ONE-SHOT logic timer Pulse Timer Logic Module ONE-SHOT pulse timer or DELAYED ONE-SHOT logic timer MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS FULLSIZE OLM8M1 Download PDF Timing Ranges Timing Diagrams Data Sheet For information on Timing Diagrams, see data sheets 03540 & 03522 ON-Delay: 0.01-1 sec., 0.15-15 sec., or none OFF-Delay: 0.01-1 sec., 0.15-15 sec., or none Delay: 0.01-1 sec., 0.15-15 sec., or none Pulse: 0.01-1 sec., 0.15-15 sec. Delay: 0.002-0.1 sec., 0.03-1.5 sec., or none Pulse: 0.002-0.1 sec., 0.03-1.5 sec. OMNI-BEAM™ Power Blocks, DC Voltage Models OPBT2 OPBT2QD OPBT2QDH OPBTE OPBTEQD OPBTEQDH Cable** Supply Voltage 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 10-30V dc 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD Download PDF Output Type Bi-Modal™ NPN or PNP Two outputs: Load and Alarm No output: for powering emitter-only sensor heads OMNI-BEAM™ Power Blocks, AC Voltage Models OPBA2 OPBA2QD OPBB2 OPBB2QD OPBAE OPBAEQD OPBBE OPBBEQD Cable** 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD Supply Voltage 105-130V ac 210-250V ac Data Sheet 03522 Download PDF Output Type Data Sheet SPST solid-state ac relay Two outputs: Load and Alarm 03522 105-130V ac 210-250V ac No output: for powering emitter only sensor heads ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, OPBT2 W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see pages 412 and 420). 162 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Supply Voltage and Current Indicators Construction FULLSIZE Temperature: -40° to +70° C Adjustments MIDSIZE Operating Conditions Output Response Time COMPACT Environmental Rating Supplied by OMNI-BEAM power block. See page 162. See individual sensing heads for response times (see pages 160 and 161). 200 millisecond delay on power-up: outputs are non-conducting during this time. OMNI-BEAM sensor heads are field-programmable for four operating parameters. A set of four programming DIP switches is located at the base of the sensor head and is accessible with the sensor head removed from the power block SWITCH #1 selects the amount of sensing hysteresis SWITCH #2 selects the alarm output configuration SWITCH #3 selects Light Operate (switch #3 OFF) or Dark Operate (switch #3 ON) SWITCH #4 selects the STANDARD (switch #4 OFF) or Fine (switch #4 ON) scale factor for the D.A.T.A. light signal strength indicator array Sensitivity: 15-turn slotted brass screw Gain (sensitivity) adjustment potentiometer (clutched at both ends of travel). Sense and Load indicator LEDs are located on the top of the sensor head on either side of the D.A.T.A. array. Sense LED indicates when a target has been sensed Load LED lights whenever the load (sensor output) is energized Also, Banner’s exclusive, D.A.T.A. sensor self-diagnostic system located on the top of the sensor head warns of marginal sensing conditions usually before a sensing failure occurs (except on model OSBFAC) Sensor heads are molded of rugged thermoplastic polyester; top view window is polycarbonate; acrylic lenses; stainless steel hardware. Meets NEMA standards 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12, and 13; IEC IP66 when assembled to power block. MINIATURE OMNI-BEAM™ Sensor Head Specifications Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Certifications OMNI-BEAM™ Timing Logic Module Specifications Response Time Timing Adjustments Timing Repeatability Time Range Operating Conditions A disabled timing function adds no measurable sensing response time All logic modules feature 15-turn clutched potentiometers for accurate timing adjustments. The logic module slides into the sensor head housing and interconnects without wires. Timing adjustments are easily accessible at the top of the sensor head and are protected by the sensor’s transparent cover. ± 2% of timing range (max.); assumes conditions of constant temperature and power supply Useful range is from maximum time down to 10% of maximum (all models); when timing potentiometer is set fully counterclockwise, time will be approximately 1% of maximum for models OLM5 and OLM8, and 2% of maximum for model OLM8M1 Temperature: -40° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Certifications More information online at bannerengineering.com 163 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS OMNI-BEAM™ DC Power Block Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 80 mA (exclusive of load) Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Output Configuration OPBT2, OPBT2QD, OPBT2QDH: Bi-Modal™ NPN or PNP, depending upon hookup to power supply (see hookup diagrams) OPBTE, OPBTEQD, OPBTEQDH: No output - for use with emitters only Output Rating 100 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 µA Output saturation voltage (NPN or PNP outputs): less than 1 volt at 10 mA and less than 1.5 volts at 100 mA Output Protection Circuitry Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short-circuit of outputs Construction Reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing with totally epoxy-encapsulated circuitry, and 30 mm threaded hub for swivel bracket or through-hole mounting Environmental Rating Meets NEMA standards 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12, and 13; IEC IP66 when assembled to sensor head Connections PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m cables, or 4-pin Mini- or Euro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting are available. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 412. Operating Conditions Temperature: -40° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Interface to TTL logic is not direct (contact factory). When the load and the OMNI-BEAM do not share a common power supply, load voltage must be ≤ the sensor supply voltage Application Notes Certifications Hookup Diagrams Emitters: DC02 (p. 520) Other DC Models: DC13 (p. 523) OMNI-BEAM™ AC Power Block Specifications Supply Voltage and Current 120V models: 105 to 130V ac, 50/60 Hz, 4 watts (excluding load) 220/240V models: 210 to 250V ac, 50/60 Hz, 4 watts (excluding load) Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against transient voltages Output Configuration OPBA2, OPBA2QD, OPBB2 and OPBB2QD: Isolated SPST solid-state ac relay OPBAE, OPBAEQD, OPBBE and OPBBEQD: No output - for use with emitter only Load Output Rating 500 mA max to 25° C, derated 1% per ° C to 70° C; 7 amps max inrush for 1 second or 20 amps max for one cycle (non-repeating) OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 µA max. ON-state voltage drop: less than 3V ac at full load 200 mA max to 25° C, derated 2% per ° C to 70° C; 2 amps max inrush for 1 second or 3 amps max for 1 cycle (non-repeating) OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 µA max. ON-state voltage drop: less than 2.5V ac at full load Protected against false pulse on power-up Alarm Output Rating Output Protection Circuitry Construction Reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing with totally epoxy-encapsulated circuitry, and 30 mm threaded hub for swivel bracket or through-hole mounting Environmental Rating Meets NEMA standards 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12, and 13; IEC IP66 when assembled with sensor head Connections PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m cables, or 5-pin Mini-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting are available. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 420. Operating Conditions Temperature: -40° to +70° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Emitters: AC03 (p. 525) Other AC Models: AC09 (p. 527) Certifications Hookup Diagrams 164 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS MINIATURE Q60 COMPACT Long-Range Adjustable-Field Sensors • Detects objects within a defined sensing field, ignoring objects located just beyond the sensing field cutoff MIDSIZE • Features two-turn, logarithmic adjustment of sensing field cutoff point from 0.2 to 2 m, to make it easy to set cutoff point • Uses rotating pointer to indicate relative cutoff point setting within sensing range FULLSIZE • Features easy push-button or remote programming of light/dark operate and output timing • Uses continuous status indicators to verify all settings at a glance • Available in models for dc or ac/dc universal voltage operation • Models with visible red lasers enable small part detection from long distances LASER ADJUSTABLE-FIELD ADJUSTABLE-FIELD BRACKETS Q60 Sensors Two-turn, logarithmic adjustment of sensing cutoff point from 0.2 to 2 m PAGE 371 25.0 mm Detailed Dimensions 52.0 mm QD CABLES 5-Pin Euro + 4-Pin Micro PAGE 414 & 419 Powerful infrared and visible LED, or laser (Class 1 and Class 2) light sources Integral cable, or rotating quick-disconnect fitting Output ON and/or OFF delays adjustable from 8 milliseconds to 16 seconds T 67.0 mm E• YL PIGTAIL • P UR A BL E EURO -S •C QPMA CA LL FACTORY Adjustable-field Models Suffix AF, AFV and LAF More information online at bannerengineering.com 165 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS Q60, 10-30V dc Models Download PDF Sensing Mode/LED* Q60BB6AFV1000 Q60BB6AFV1000Q ADJUSTABLE-FIELD Q60BB6AF2000 Q60BB6AF2000Q Q60BB6LAF1400 Q60BB6LAF1400Q Q60BB6LAF2000 Q60BB6LAF2000Q ADJUSTABLE-FIELD CLASS 1 LASER LASER ADJUSTABLE-FIELD Excess Gain and Cutoff Point Deviation Cable** Min.: 65 - 130 mm† Cutoff: 200 - 1000 mm 2m EGCA-7 (p. 481) 5-pin Euro QD Cutoff Point Deviation Curves CPDC-10 & CPDC-11 (p. 518) 2m EGCA-8 (p. 481) 5-pin Euro QD Cutoff Point Deviation Curves CPDC-8 & CPDC-9 (p. 518) Min.: 50 - 125 mm† Cutoff: 200 - 2000 mm Bipolar NPN/ PNP 2m Min.: 100 - 260 mm† Cutoff: 200 - 1400 mm 5-pin Euro QD CLASS 2 LASER LASER ADJUSTABLE-FIELD Output Type Range Min.: 75 - 240 mm† Cutoff: 200 - 2000 mm Cutoff Point Deviation Curves CPDC-12 (p. 518) & CPDC-13 (p. 519) 5-pin Euro QD Q60 Universal Voltage, 12-250V dc or 24-250V ac Models Sensing Mode/LED* Q60VR3AFV1000 Q60VR3AFV1000Q1 ADJUSTABLE-FIELD Q60VR3AF2000 Q60VR3AF2000Q1 Q60VR3LAF1400 Q60VR3LAF1400Q1 Q60VR3LAF2000 Q60VR3LAF2000Q1 ADJUSTABLE-FIELD Range Cable** Min.: 65 - 130 mm† Cutoff: 200 - 1000 mm 2m Min.: 50 - 125 mm† Cutoff: 200 - 2000 mm CLASS 1 LASER LASER ADJUSTABLE-FIELD Min.: 100 - 260 mm† Cutoff: 200 - 1400 mm CLASS 2 LASER LASER ADJUSTABLE-FIELD Min.: 75 - 240 mm† Cutoff: 200 - 2000 mm 4-pin Micro QD 2m 4-pin Micro QD 2m 4-pin Micro QD 2m 4-pin Micro QD 69622 67003 EGCA-9 (p. 481) Cutoff Point Deviation Curves CPDC-12 (p. 518) & CPDC-13 (p. 518) EGCA-10 (p. 481) 2m Data Sheet 114348 114348 Download PDF Output Type Excess Gain and Cutoff Point Deviation SPDT e/m Relay SPST e/m Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST e/m Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST e/m Relay SPDT e/m Relay EGCA-7 (p. 481) SPST e/m Relay Cutoff Point Deviation Curves CPDC-10 & CPDC-11 (p. 518) Data Sheet 69622 EGCA-8 (p. 481) Cutoff Point Deviation Curves CPDC-8 & CPDC-9 (p. 518) 67003 EGCA-9 (p. 481) Cutoff Point Deviation Curves CPDC-12 & CPDC-13 (p. 518) 114348 EGCA-10 (p. 481) Cutoff Point Deviation Curves CPDC-12 (p. 518) & CPDC-13 (p. 519) 114348 Infrared LED Visible Red LED Visible Red Laser * ** For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q60BB6AF2000 W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see pages 414 and 419). † Minimum range varies by established cutoff point (see excess gain curves, page 481 and cutoff point devication curves, page 518). 166 More information online at bannerengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com PHOTOELECTRICS Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Repeatability 500 microseconds Sensing Hysteresis For Infrared models, see chart HC-3; for Visible Red models, see chart HC-4; and for Laser models, see chart HC-2, all on page 512. 2000 mm cutoff - less than 3% of set cutoff distance 1600 mm cutoff - less than 2.25% of set cutoff distance 1200 mm cutoff - less than 1.30% of set cutoff distance 800 mm cutoff - less than 0.5% of set cutoff distance 400 mm cutoff - less than 0.25% of set cutoff distance 2 momentary push buttons: [ON-delay (+) an OFF-delay (-)] ON Delay select: 8 milliseconds to 16 seconds LO/DO select OFF Delay select: 8 milliseconds to 16 seconds Push-button lockout for security Adjustments Indicators Note: outputs are active during on/off timing selection mode. FULLSIZE Output Protection Circuitry MIDSIZE Output Rating COMPACT Output Configuration MINIATURE Q60 Specifications Q60BB6AF and Q60BB6AFV models: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 50 mA exclusive of load Q60BB6LAF models: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 35 mA exclusive of load Q60VR3LAF and Q60VR3AFV Universal models: 12 to 250V dc or 24 to 250V ac, 50/60 Hz Input power 1.5 W max. Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages (Q60VR3 models’ dc hookup is without regard to polarity) Q60BB6AF, Q60BB6AFV and Q60BB6LAF models: Bipolar: one NPN (current sinking) and one PNP (current sourcing) open-collector transistor Q60VR3AF, Q60VR3LAF and Q60VR3AFV cabled models: E/M Relay (SPDT), normally closed and normally open contacts Q60VR3AFQ1, Q60VR3AFVQ1 and Q60VR3LAFQ1 (QD) models: E/M Relay (SPST), normally open contact DC models:150 mA max. each output @ 25C OFF-state leakage current: less than 5 µA @ 30V dc Output saturation NPN: less than 200 mV @ 10 mA; less than 1V @ 150 mA Output saturation PNP: less than 1V at 10 mA; less than 1.5V at 150 mA Universal Voltage models: Min. voltage and current: 5V dc, 10 mA Mechanical life of relay: 50,000,000 operations Electrical life of relay at full resistive load: 100,000 operations Max. switching power (resistive load):Cabled models: 1250VA, 150 W QD models: 750VA, 90W Max. switching voltage (resistive load):Cabled models: 250V ac, 125V dc QD models: 250V ac, 125V dc Max. switching current (resistive load): Cabled models: 5 A @ 250V ac, 5 A @ 30V dc derated to 200 mA @ 125V dc QD models: 3 A @ 250V ac, 3 A @ 30V dc derated to 200 mA @ 125V dc Q60BB6AF, Q60BB6LAF and Q60BB6AFV models: Protected against continuous overload or short circuit of outputs All models: Protected against false pulse on power-up Q60BB6AF, Q60BB6LAF and Q60BB6AFV models: 2 milliseconds ON/OFF Q60VR3AF, Q60VR3LAF and Q60VR3AFV Universal models: 15 milliseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 150 millisecond delay on power-up (Q60BB6LAF has 1 second max. delay at power-up); outputs do not conduct during this time. Slotted, geared, 2-turn, cutoff range adjustment screw (mechanical stops on both ends of travel) Q60AF and Q60AFV models: ON-Delay Green ON Steady: Run mode, ON-delay is active Green Flashing: ON-delay Selection mode is active OFF-Delay Green ON Steady: Run mode, OFF-delay is active Green Flashing: OFF-delay Selection mode is active 5-Segment Light Bar*: Indicates relative delay time during ON/OFF-delay Selection modes Output Amber ON Steady: Outputs are conducting Green ON Steady: During ON/OFF-delay Selection modes Dark Operate Green ON Steady: Dark Operate is selected Lockout Green ON Steady: Buttons are locked out Light Operate Green ON Steady: Light Operate is selected Signal Green ON Steady: Sensor is receiving signal Green Flashing: Marginal signal (1.0 to 2.25 excess gain) *Output, Dark Operate, Lockout, Light Operate and Signal indicators function as 5-Segment Light Bar during ON/OFF-delay Selection modes More on next page More information online at bannerengineering.com 167 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com Q60 Specifications (cont’d) Indicators (cont’d) Note: outputs are active during on/off timing selection mode. FULLSIZE MIDSIZE COMPACT SLOT & LABEL MINIATURE PART & AREA PHOTOELECTRICS Q60LAF models: ON-Delay Green ON Steady: RUN mode, ON-delay active Green Flashing: ON-delay Selection mode OFF-Delay Green ON Steady: RUN mode, OFF-delay active Green Flashing: OFF-delay Selection mode 5-Segment Light Bar* Indicates relative delay time during ON/OFF-delay Selection modes Output Yellow ON Steady: Outputs are conducting Green ON Steady: ON/OFF-delay Selection Dark Operate Green ON Steady: Dark Operate selected Lockout Green ON Steady: Buttons locked out Light Operate Green ON Steady: Light Operate selected Signal Green ON Steady: Sensor receiving signal Green Flashing: Marginal signal (1.0 to 2.25 excess gain) Laser Characteristics *Output, Dark Operate, Lockout, Light Operate and Signal indicators function as 5-Segment Light Bar during ON/OFF-delay Selection modes Spot Size: approximately 4 x 2 mm throughout range (collimated beam) Angle of Divergence: 5 milliradians NOTE: Contact factory for custom laser spot size. Construction Housing: ABS polycarbonate blend Environmental Rating IEC IP67; NEMA 6 Connections 2 m or 9 m integral cable. DC models offer a 5-pin Euro-style QD fitting. AC models offer 4-pin Micro-style QD fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See pages 414 and 419. Temperature: Q60BB6LAF (DC) models: -10° to +50° C Q60VR3LAF Universal models: -10° to +45° C All others: -20° to +55° C Relative humidity: 90% at 50° C (non-condensing) Operating Conditions Lens: acrylic Cover: Clear ABS Certifications Hookup Diagrams DC: DC08 (p. 521) Universal Cabled: UN01 (p. 528) Class 1 Lasers Lasers that are safe under reasonably foreseeable conditions of operation, including the use of optical instruments for intrabeam viewing. Reference 60825-1 Amend. 2 © IEC:2001(E), section 8.2. For safe laser use: • Do not permit a person to stare at the laser from within the beam. • Do not point the laser at a person’s eye at close range. • Locate open laser beam paths either above or below eye level, where practical. 168 More information online at bannerengineering.com Universal QD: UN04 (p. 528) Class 2 Lasers Lasers that emit visible radiation in the wavelength range from 400 nm to 700 nm where eye protection is normally afforded by aversion responses, including the blink reflex. This reaction may be expected to provide adequate protection under reasonably foreseeable conditions of operation, including the use of optical instruments for intrabeam viewing. Reference 60825-1 Amend. 2 © IEC:2001(E), section 8.2. For safe laser use: • Do not permit a person to stare at the laser from within the beam. • Do not point the laser at a person’s eye at close range. • Locate open laser beam paths either above or below eye level, where practical. Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : Yes Page Mode : UseOutlines Signing Date : 2008:06:04 11:05:40-07:00 Signing Authority : ARE Acrobat Product v8.0 P23 0002337 Document Usage Rights : FullSave Annotation Usage Rights : Create, Delete, Modify, Copy, Import, Export Form Usage Rights : Add, FillIn, Delete, SubmitStandalone Signature Usage Rights : Modify XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.0-c316 44.253921, Sun Oct 01 2006 17:14:39 Modify Date : 2008:06:04 11:05:45-07:00 Create Date : 2008:04:22 07:38:30-07:00 Metadata Date : 2008:06:04 11:05:45-07:00 Creator Tool : Adobe InDesign CS3 (5.0.2) Format : application/pdf Title : Banner Catalog Description : 78466_1 Creator : mmichelotti Document ID : uuid:60fa2074-8c04-4eb5-8a9d-e19fa18d5b70 Instance ID : uuid:47be4448-9fb1-4975-ad8c-76f0f9cf032f Producer : Adobe PDF Library 8.0 Has XFA : No Page Count : 124 Page Layout : SinglePage Subject : 78466_1 Author : mmichelotti Keywords : BANNER, photoelectric, sensor, wireless, indicator, vision, measurement, inspectionEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools